Manual de Toboganes de Air Crusier PDF

To: Holders of 727/737 Evacuation Slide Systems (P/N D29835 and 22D22900) Com-
ponent Maintenance Manual 25-60-34.
Revision No. 11 Dated: 22 Nov 2007
HIGHLIGHTS
Revision No. 11 to Component Maintenance Manual 25-60-34 reflects pages which have
been revised. The revisions are outlined below. Please discard the affected pages, sub-
stitute the revised, and enter your initials for Revision No. 11 dated 22 Nov 2007 to the
Record of Revisions.
CHAPTER/SECTION AND
DESCRIPTION OF CHANGE
PAGE NUMBER
TITLE PAGE
T-1 Update revision, date and copyright date. Added Air
Cruisers Company CAGE code.
RECORD OF Added Revision No. 11.

REVISIONS
RR-1
SERVICE BULLETIN
RECORD
SB-1 Incorporated new format; removed all Service Bulletins
that did not pertain to this manual.
SERVICE INFORMATION
LETTER RECORD
SIL-1 Incorporated new format; updated revisions to S.I.L.s
25-98 and 25-102.
25-60-34 HIGHLIGHTS
Page 1 of 15
CHAPTER/SECTION AND
PAGE NUMBER
SERVICE INFORMATION
LETTER RECORD (Cont’d)
SIL-2 Incorporated new format; updated revision to S.I.L.
25-193; newly added S.I.L.s 25-199 (Hydrostatic Test
Machine, TO4853, for Testing Hose Assemblies), 25-210
(Spare Adhesive Nomenclature and Packaging), 25-211
(Maintenance Release Record Alteration) and 25-212 (O-
ring Installation Tool Kit).
LIST OF EFFECTIVE
PAGES
LEP-1 through LEP-8 Revised to reflect Revision No. 11.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
T/C-1 Updated to latest format, “Folding Procedure Appendi-
ces” was “Appendix 1....”.
INTRODUCTION
INTRO-1 Updated to latest format.
INTRO-3 Reformatted Paragraph 2; “2.A” was “1.F”.
INTRO-4 through INTRO-6 Paragraph 3: updated Glossary of Abbreviations and
Symbols to latest format.
INTRO-7 Paragraph 5.D: removed “A revision that...”.
INTRO-8 Paragraph 7.A: updated to latest format (ref. S.I.L. 25-98/
R4).
INTRO-9 Paragraph 7.B: added asterisks which pertain to newly
added paragraph below table (ref. S.I.L. 25-98/R4).
25-60-34 HIGHLIGHTS
Page 2 of 15
CHAPTER/SECTION AND
PAGE NUMBER
DESCRIPTION AND
OPERATION
1 Updated to latest format.
2,3, 5 through 11and 18 “In.” was “Inches”, “psig” was “Psig”, “Cu. In.” was “Cubic
Inches”, “Lb.” was “Lbs.”, “kg” was “kgs.”. Additional revi-
sions listed below.
2 Table 1: “D29835” was “D29985”.
3 Table 1: newly added Reservoir part numbers and DOT
specifications.
5 Table 2: newly added Reservoir part numbers and DOT
specifications.
6 Table 3: newly added Reservoir part number and DOT
specifications.
specifications.
specifications.
TESTING AND FAULT

ISOLATION
102 Updated second NOTE; Table 101: updated to latest for-
mat, removed “Test Gauge” (no longer applicable).
103 Table 101: updated to latest format, removed “Force
Gage” (not applicable).
104 Table 101: updated to latest format, removed “O-ring to
Bottle Adapter Fitting” (listed in parts list).
105 Paragraph 2.A: added WARNING; Paragraph 3.A: “Func-
tional Deployment Test” was “System Deployment”,
NOTE: “3.B” was “B”.
25-60-34 HIGHLIGHTS
Page 3 of 15
CHAPTER/SECTION AND
PAGE NUMBER
TESTING AND FAULT

ISOLATION (Cont’d)
10 through 112 “In.” was “inches”, clarified metric equivalents. Additional
revisions listed below.
111 First NOTE: “3.C.(2).(b)” was “2(b)”.
112 Paragraph 3.C.(2).(h): “3.D, 3.E, 3.F and 3.G” was “D, E,
F, and G”.
117 Paragraph 3.G.(1).(a) and (b): updated to latest format;
Figure 108: “Grip” was “Spool”.
118 Paragraph 3.H.(1): “3 years...” was “at every...”.
119 Ampere Range Table: added “amperes”; Paragraph
3.I.(9) and first NOTE: “amperes” was “amps”.
121 Second NOTE: “TU-14 115” was “TU-14 1154”.
122 Ampere Range Table: added “amperes”; Paragraph
3.J.(8).(b): “amperes” was “AMPS”.
126 Paragraph 3.K.(7): added “volts”; Ampere Range Table:
added “amperes”.
127 Paragraph 3.K.(12): “amperes” was “AMPS”; second
NOTE: “refer to the...” was “see Repair section”.
133 First NOTE and Paragraph 3.G.(16): removed “For
DOT...”.
138 Table 103: “grip” was “spool”.
139 Table 103: updated Remedy column.
140 Table 103: added Folding Procedure numbers to Remedy
column.
DISASSEMBLY
25-60-34 HIGHLIGHTS
Page 4 of 15
CHAPTER/SECTION AND
PAGE NUMBER
DISASSEMBLY (Cont’d)
302 Paragraph 1: added “Table 301”, updated second NOTE;
Table 301: updated to latest format, removed “Drive
Breaker Bar” and wrenches (common tools); updated
table title.
303 Table 301: updated to latest format, removed “O-ring -
Outlet Port Plug” (listed in Parts List); updated table title.
304 Paragraph 3: newly added a WARNING; Paragraph 3.C:
capitalized “Velcro”.
309, 310, 313 “In.” was “in” or “inch”.
309 Paragraph 8.A: “40A, IPL Figure 5...” was “Table 301”;
Paragraph 8.H: removed “Table 301”.
CLEANING
402 Paragraph 1: added “Table 401”, removed CAUTION,
updated NOTE; Table 401: updated to latest format.
403, 405 and 407 “solvent” was “solution”. Additional revisions listed below.
403 Paragraph 2: updated 2 WARNINGs, replaced CAUTION
with third WARNING.
CHECK
502 Paragraph 1: added WARNING.
503, 506, 507 and 510 Capitalized “Velcro”. Additional revisions listed below.
503 Table 501: updated Disposition column.
504 Table 501: added “Damaged threads” to Condition col-
umn; updated Disposition column.
25-60-34 HIGHLIGHTS
Page 5 of 15
CHAPTER/SECTION AND
PAGE NUMBER
CHECK (Cont’d)
505 Table 502: removed repeated “See Testing section” from
Condition column; added “See Repair section” to Dispo-
sition column.
511 Table 506: removed “Verify clear...” from Condition col-
umn.
513 Table 508: “Check for dents...” was “Aspirator ring...”.
514 Table 509: updated second NOTE, “borescope” was
“boroscope”.
515 Table 509: updated NOTE, “borescope” was “boroscope”.
REPAIR
601 Updated to latest format, updated page listings.
602 Paragraph 1: added “Equipment (Tables....)”, removed
CAUTION, updated NOTE; Table 601: updated to latest
format; relocated “RTV 732 Multi Purpose Sealant” from
Table 603.
mat, relocated “Talc or Powdered Soapstone” and “Cloth,
Cotton” to Table 603.
604 Removed CAUTION; Table 603: updated to latest format;
relocated “RTV 732 Multi Purpose Sealant” to “Table
601”.
605 through 658 Text relocation (due to new table format). Additional revi-
sions listed below.
606 Updated NOTE; Table 604: updated to latest format;
updated sheet count.
608, 621, 624, 627, 628 and Updated format of paragraph listings by removing incor-
633 rectly type spaces. Additional revisions listed below.
25-60-34 HIGHLIGHTS
Page 6 of 15
CHAPTER/SECTION AND
PAGE NUMBER
REPAIR
608 Paragraph 2.A: “Call or consult...” was “The inflatable
must...”; newly added 2 WARNINGs (for personnel
safety); Paragraph 2.D: deleted “removed”.
610 “In.” was “inch” or “inches”, clarified or added metric
equivalents. Additional revisions listed below.
612 Figure 602: reformatted leader arrow.
615 Paragraph 3.B: “Ft.” was “Feet”, “call or consult...” was
“then the inflatable...”.
616, 617, 620, 621, 624 “Table 603” was “Table 602”. Additional revisions listed
and 625 below.
622 Paragraph 3.B.(22): “Perform” was “Preform”.
624 Paragraph 4: “call or consult...” was “it is recom-
mended...”.
627 Paragraph 6: “call or consult...” was “it is recom-
mended...”; updated CAUTION.
629 Figure 617: added illustration of grommet bottom and
leader arrow (not added at previous revision).
636 Paragraphs 10.B and 10.D: “Ft.” was “foot”.
641 Paragraph 11.H: added parentheses around “Table
602...”.
644 Updated NOTE.
650 Updated NOTE.
653 Paragraph 15.B: updated to latest format.
654 Paragraph 16.D: “In. Lb.” was “inch lbs.”, added metric
equivalent.
25-60-34 HIGHLIGHTS
Page 7 of 15
CHAPTER/SECTION AND
PAGE NUMBER
ASSEMBLY
701 Updated to latest format, updated paragraph listings.
702 Paragraph 1: added “(Table 701)”, updated second
NOTE; Table 701: updated to latest format.
703 Table 701: updated to latest format; added “P-295-1 or
P-295-2” to “Tape, Black Fire Retardant” (ref. Standard
Practice #18, Rev. DN).
NOTE; Table 702: updated to latest format; removed “O-
ring - Outlet Port Plug” (listed in Parts List).
705 Table 702: updated to latest format; removed “O-ring -
Bottle Fitting Adapter” (listed in Parts List).
706 through 708 Text relocation due to new table format. Additional revi-
sions listed below.
NOTE; Table 703: updated to latest format; removed all
wrenches (common tools), removed tool MS24522-17
(not applicable) and O-ring tools (ref. S.I.L. 25-212).
707 Table 703: updated to latest format; removed all O-ring
tools, newly added O-ring Tool Kit (ref. S.I.L. 25-212) and
“Tool - Inserting Coupling Pin” (not added at previous
revision).
mat; removed footnote reference to EDR Kit 90-1379-101
and asterisks that pertain to the kit.
709 Newly added intentionally left blank page.
710 Paragraph 4: newly added Preparatory Safety Instruc-
tions.
25-60-34 HIGHLIGHTS
Page 8 of 15
CHAPTER/SECTION AND
PAGE NUMBER
ASSEMBLY (Cont’d)
711, 713, 716 through 720, Subsequent paragraph headings changed due to addi-
722, 725, 728, 730, 734 tion of Paragraph 4. Additional revisions listed below.
through 738, 741 through
745, 748, 753, 758 through
765
711 NOTE: “O-ring” was “o-ring”; Paragraph 5.A. (1): added
“601”; Paragraphs 5.A.(4) and (8): “appropriate O-ring...”
was “Tool” (ref. S.I.L. 25-212); Paragraph 5.A.(6): “Place
seat forming...” was “Using tool”; Paragraph 5.A.(7): “tool
23B19261-1” was “Tool”.
712 Paragraphs 5.A.(9) and (11): “appropriate O-ring...” was
“Tool” (ref. S.I.L. 25-212).
713, 714, 716, 720, 721, “In.” was “inch”. Additional revisions listed below.
725, 727, 729, 730, 734,
736, 742, 748, 749 and 763
714 Paragraph 5.B.(9): removed “Table 703”.
715 Figure 701: updated leader arrows.
719 Second CAUTION: added “601”; Paragraphs 6.A.(4) and
(8): “appropriate O-ring...” was “Tool” (ref. S.I.L. 25-212);
Paragraph 6.A.(6): “Place seat forming...” was “Using
tool”; Paragraph 6.A.(7): “tool 23B19261-1” was “Tool”.
721 Paragraph 6.B.(9): removed “Table 703”.
722 Paragraph 6.C.(5): reformatted.
727 Paragraph 6.F.(2): added “601”.
728 Paragraph 7.A.(2): added “601”; Paragraph 7.A.(3):
“appropriate O-ring...” was “Tool” (ref. S.I.L. 25-212);
Paragraph 7.A.(5): “Table” was “Figure”; second NOTE:
“Lb.” was “Lbs.”.
25-60-34 HIGHLIGHTS
Page 9 of 15
CHAPTER/SECTION AND
PAGE NUMBER
ASSEMBLY (Cont’d)
729 Paragraphs 7.A.(8), (10), (11), (12), (13) and (17):
“appropriate O-ring...” was “Tool” (ref. S.I.L. 25-212);
Paragraph 7.A.(9): added “601”.
732 Paragraph 7.C.(5): reformatted.
736 Paragraph 7.F.(2): added “601”.
737 Paragraph 8.B: “push/pull gage” was “Push/Pull Gage”;
Paragraph 8.C: “Lb.” was “lbs.”; Paragraph 8.E: removed
“Table 703”.
738 Reformatted NOTE.
741 Paragraph 10.A: added “601”; “appropriate O-ring...” was
“Tool” (ref. S.I.L. 25-212); Paragraph 10.C: removed
“Table 703”.
743 Paragraph 10.D.(4): capitalized “Velcro”.
746 Figure 710: updated illustration of pressure gage.
748 Paragraph 11.D.(3): clarified metric equivalent; Para-
graph 11.E.(2): removed “Table 703”.
749 Paragraph 11.E.(4): removed “Table 703”; Table 705:
“Lb.” was “Lbs.”; “kg” was “Kg.”.
753 Paragraph 11.F.(4): uncapitalized “assembly” and “nitro-
gen”, reformatted paragraph listing.
754 Paragraph 11.F.(6): reformatted paragraph listing; Para-
graph 11.G: “12” was “11”.
759 Paragraph 13.A: removed “rubber cement”; Paragraph
13.B: “grip” was “spool”; Figure 715: “grip” was “spool”,
“MS22054 -3” was “MS22054-6”.
763 Paragraphs 14.G, H and Figure 719: clarified metric
equivalents.:
765 Paragraph 17.B: “8°C” was “9°C”.
25-60-34 HIGHLIGHTS
Page 10 of 15
CHAPTER/SECTION AND
PAGE NUMBER
FITS AND CLEARANCES

SPECIAL TOOLS,
FIXTURES, AND
EQUIPMENT
901 Updated to latest format; updated page listing.
902 Paragraph 2: added “Table 901”; Table 901: updated to
latest format; “Pressure Gage” was “Manometer”.
903 through 921 Text and figure relocation due to new table format. Addi-
tional revisions listed below.
903 Table 901: updated to latest format; removed “Test
Gauge”.
904 Table 901: updated to latest format; removed “Drive
Breaker Bar” and all wrenches (common tools).
905 Table 901: updated to latest format; removed “Cloth, Cot-
ton” (not a tool).
906 Table 901: updated to latest format; removed tool
“MS24522-17” (not applicable) and O-ring tools (ref.
S.I.L. 25-212).
907 Table 901: updated to latest format; removed O-ring tools
(ref. S.I.L. 25-212) and tool “T5276-1” (not applicable);
“T525R-5” was “T527G-2”.
908 Table 901: updated to latest format; removed O-ring
tools, newly added “Kit, O-ring Tools” (ref. S.I.L. 25-212),
“Tool - Inserting Coupling”, “Relief Valve Test Clamp”,
“Socket - Fusible Plug” and “Spline Key” (not added at
last revision).
25-60-34 HIGHLIGHTS
Page 11 of 15
CHAPTER/SECTION AND
PAGE NUMBER
SPECIAL TOOLS,
FIXTURES, AND
EQUIPMENT (Cont’d)
909 Table 901: updated to latest format; newly added “Allen
Wrench”, “Stainless Steel Button Head Screw”, “Pliers,
Slip Lock” and all Valve Proof Pressure Test Tools (not
added at last revision).
914 Figure 905: removed “Crowsfoot Wrench” (common tool).
ILLUSTRATED PART LIST

1005 Paragraph 4: added “Definitions”; Paragraph 4.A: newly
added and updated format of Abbreviations/Symbols;
“Introduction” was “INTRO”; “Item Not Illustrated” was
“Item Not Shown”; added “Denotes Intentionally Left
Blank”; Paragraph 4.B: newly added.
1006 Paragraph 5: added “when applicable”; Table 1001:
updated Vendor address, removed “V33525” (not appli-
cable); Paragraph 7.A: “1076” was “1074”.
1015 and 1022 Updated numeric index to reflect this revision.
1025 IPL Figure 1: “110B” was “115”, “120B” was “125”.
1026 IPL Figure 1: removed “320A, 325A” and “310A, 315A”;
“291B” was “292A”.
1027 through 1035, 1037 Added “Item Not Illustrated” footnote. Text relocation
through 1040, 1043, 1045 occurs on these pages. Additional revisions listed below.
through 1047, 1051 through
1057, 1059 through 1062,
1065, 1067 through 1070,
1073 through 1076
1030 Items 230, 240 and 250 Nomenclature: “In.” was “inches”,
added metric equivalents.
25-60-34 HIGHLIGHTS
Page 12 of 15
CHAPTER/SECTION AND
PAGE NUMBER

(Cont’d)
1032 Items 310A and 320A: added dash marks.
1033 Item 385B Nomenclature: capitalized “Supsds”.
1035 Items 490A and 500A Nomenclature: “In.” was “inches”,
1036 IPL Figure 1A: “75A” was “76”, “80B” was “85”.
1038 Item 120A: removed dash mark; Items 140A, 150A and
160A Nomenclature: “In.” was “inches”, added metric
equivalents.
1039 Item 200A: added a dash mark.
1043 Items 10A, 30A and 60A Nomenclature and footnote:
updated Intentionally Left Blank symbol; Items 20A and
20B Nomenclature: added DOT specifications.
1045 Item 5A and footnote: updated Intentionally Left Blank
symbol.
1046 Items 120A and 180A Nomenclature and footnote:
updated Intentionally Left Blank symbol.
1047 Items 290A and 370A Nomenclature and footnote:
updated Intentionally Left Blank symbol.
1049 IPL Figure 5: added “280B”.
1050 IPL Figure 5: added “130A”; “170B” was “150A”, “165A”
was “170B”.
1052 Item 90A: “18A19545-0” was “19A19545-0”; Item 135:
added a dash mark.
1054 Items 180B, 180C and 190B: added dash marks; Items
230A, 240A and 250A Nomenclature: “In.” was “inches”,
25-60-34 HIGHLIGHTS
Page 13 of 15
CHAPTER/SECTION AND
PAGE NUMBER

(Cont’d)
1055 Items 268, 290A and 290B: removed dash marks; Items
268A, 280C, 280D, 300A and 310A: added dash marks.
1056 Item 420A and footnote: updated Intentionally Left Blank
symbol.
1057 Items 460A and 470A Nomenclature: “In.” was “inches”,
1058 IPL Figure 5A: “155” was “145A”, “145A” was “155”.
1059 Item 80A: “18A19545-0” was “19A19545-0”.
1061 Items 210A, 220A and 230A Nomenclature: “In.” was
“inches”, added metric equivalents; Item 270A: removed
dash mark.
1062 Items 280A and 290A: added dash marks.
1065 Item 10A Nomenclature: added DOT specification.
1068 Item 200 Nomenclature: “200B” was “205”.
1069 Item 215: removed dash mark; Item 290: “826GPS07”
was “825GPS07”.
1070 Continuation of table text.
1071 Newly added intentionally left blank page.
1072 IPL Figure 8: “265” was “260”.
1074 Item 165: added dash mark; Item 200 Nomenclature:
“200A” was “201”; Item 200A Nomenclature: “200B” was
“202”; Item 200B Nomenclature: “200B” was “201”.
1075 Items 300 and 310: added dash marks.
25-60-34 HIGHLIGHTS
Page 14 of 15
CHAPTER/SECTION AND
PAGE NUMBER
FOLDING PROCEDURE
APPENDICES
APPX-1 Removed “Appendix-1”, “Appendices” was “Reference”;
updated Appendix table.
APPX-2 Deleted.
Please update your manual in the following sequence:
Discard pages: T-1, RR-1, SB-1 through SB-4, LEP-1 through LEP-6, T/C-1, INTRO-1,
INTRO-3 through INTRO-9, 1 through 3, 5 through 11, 18, 101 through 105, 110 through
112, 117 through119, 121, 122, 126, 127, 133, 138 through 140, 301 through 304, 309,
310, 313, 401 through 403, 405, 407, 501 through 507, 510, 511, 513 through 516, 601
through 656, 701 through 722, 725 through 730, 732, 734 through 738, 741 through 749,
753, 754, 758 through 765, 801, 901 through 920, 1001, 1005, 1006, 1015, 1022, 1025
through 1040, 1043, 1045 through 1047, 1049 through 1062, 1065, 1067 through 1074,
APPX-1 and APPX-2 dated 9 Mar 2005.
Insert new pages: T-1, RR-1, SB-1, SIL-1, SIL-2, LEP-1 through LEP-8, T/C-1, INTRO-1,
INTRO-3 through INTRO-9, 1 through 3, 5 through 11, 18, 101 through 105, 110 through
112, 117 through119, 121, 122, 126, 127, 133, 138 through 140, 301 through 304, 309,
310, 313, 401 through 403, 405, 407, 501 through 507, 510, 511, 513 through 516, 601
through 658, 701 through 722, 725 through 730, 732, 734 through 738, 741 through 749,
753, 754, 758 through 765, 801, 901 through 922, 1001, 1005, 1006, 1015, 1022, 1025
through 1040, 1043, 1045 through 1047, 1049 through 1062, 1065, 1067 through 1076
and APPX-1 dated 22 Nov 2007.
25-60-34 HIGHLIGHTS
Page 15 of 15
P.O. BOX 180 BELMAR, NEW JERSEY 07719-0180
SITA-BLMACXD Tel (732) 681-3527
CAGE Code 70167
727/737
EVACUATION SLIDE SYSTEMS
D29835-103, -105, -107, -109, -201, -203, -205, -207,

-209, -211, -213, -215, -217, -219, -221, -223,
-225, -227, -229, -231
22D22900-101, -103, -141, -143, -145, -147, -149,

-151
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
WITH
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST
ORIGINAL ISSUE: 3 FEB 1977

REVISION NO. 11, DATED: 22 NOV 2007
Air Cruisers Company, Copyright 2007
T-1
25-60-34
D29835 22D22900
RECORD OF REVISIONS
RETAIN THIS RECORD IN THE FRONT OF THE MANUAL. UPON

RECEIPT OF A REVISION, INSERT THE REVISED PAGES INTO
THE MANUAL, AND ENTER THE DATE INSERTED, AND YOUR
INITIALS.
REVISION REVISION ENGINEER WRITERS DATE

INITIALS
NO. DATE INITIALS INITIALS INSERTED
1 13 Sept 1977 ACC

2 17 Sept 1979 ACC
3 30 Jan 1981 ACC
4 23 Mar 1987 ACC
5 15 Feb 1991 ACC
6 27 Feb 1998 DHS
7 19 Jun 1998 DHS
8 14 Mar 2003 DHS DV
9 9 Mar 2005 JOD DV
10 11 May 2005 JOD RI
11 22 Nov 2007 JOD MLS
RR-1
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
TEMPORARY REVISION RECORD
DATE INSERTED REMOVED

TEMP. ISSUE
INCORPORATED
REV. NO. DATE
INTO CMM DATE BY DATE BY
TR25-1 14 Apr 1978 17 Sept 1979

TR25-2 20 Dec 1979 17 Sept 1979
TR25-3 16 Jun 1980 17 Sept 1979
TR25-4 7 Aug 1980 17 Sept 1979
TR25-5 10 Apr 1981 23 Mar 1987
TR25-6 1 Dec 1982 23 Mar 1987
TR25-7 23 Aug 1983 23 Mar 1987
TR25-8 5 Dec 1983 23 Mar 1987
TR25-9 7 Dec 1983 23 Mar 1987
TR25-10 2 Aug 1984 23 Mar 1987
TR25-11 29 Jun 1995 27 Feb 1998
TR-1
25-60-34 9 Mar 2005
D29835 22D22900
SERVICE BULLETIN RECORD
SERVICE BULLETIN / DATE

ISSUE DATE TITLE
REVISION NUMBER INCORPORATED
103-25-10/R1 11 Jan 1988 15 Feb 1991 Installation of Slip Binding Replace-

ment
103-25-14 28 Aug 1992 27 Feb 1998 Valve/Assembly Replacement
103-25-34 1 Feb 2002 14 Mar 2003 Replacement of Inflation Cylinder

(Reservoir)
103-25-39 30 May 2003 9 Mar 2005 Optional Relief Valve Replacement
114-81-1/R1 25 Aug 1981 9 Mar 2005 Pull Handle Assembly Replace-

ment
SB-1
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
SERVICE INFORMATION LETTER RECORD
SERVICE
INFORMATION DATE
ISSUE DATE SUBJECT
LETTER / REVISION INCORPORATED
NUMBER
25-82/R5 16 Oct 2001 14 Mar 2003 Recommended Hydrostatic Test

Intervals Inflation Hose Assemblies
25-98/R4 11 Apr 2007 22 Nov 2007 Maintenance Interval Recommenda-

tion
25-102/R21 1 Apr 2007 22 Nov 2007 Approved Repair/Service Facilities
25-107 11 Feb 1997 14 Mar 2003 Deutsch Connectors not Positively

Engaging
25-111/R1 1 Jun 1998 9 Mar 2005 Lubrication of Inflation Valve Assem-

bly O-rings and Related Parts
25-113/R1 12 Nov 1999 9 Mar 2005 Replacement of Individual Lamp

Housing on an Existing Lamp Har-
ness
25-117 15 May 1998 14 Mar 2003 Optional Screw Replacement on

Relief Valve, P/N 19C18191-Series
25-143/R1 23 Oct 2002 14 Mar 2003 Reservoir Hydrostatic Test Proce-

dure
25-149/R1 25 Sep 2000 9 Mar 2005 Expansion of Reservoir Testing

Requirements
25-152 2 Mar 2001 14 Mar 2003 Improved Heat Reflective Coating

Compound
25-160/R1 20 Jun 2003 9 Mar 2005 Use of Teflon Tape as a Sealant on

Pipe Threads only.
25-161 8 May 2002 9 Mar 2005 Shelf Life for P/N B14056-Series Eth-
ylene Propylene O-rings
25-162 21 May 2002 9 Mar 2005 Air Cruisers Company New Inflation
Valve Part Numbers
25-166/R1 5 Dec 2002 9 Mar 2005 Lighting System Test Unit: Approval
of BaseWest Model TS-420 as an
Acceptable Alternative to DME Cor-
poration Model TU-14
SIL-1
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
SERVICE
INFORMATION DATE
ISSUE DATE SUBJECT
LETTER / REVISION INCORPORATED
NUMBER
25-167 28 Oct 2002 9 Mar 2005 Superseding Hose Assemblies
25-193/R1 24 Nov 2004 22 Nov 2007 Pentabromodiphenyl and Octabro-

modiphenyl Ether
25-199 15 Dec 2004 22 Nov 2007 Hydrostatic Test Machine, TO4853,

for Testing Hose Assemblies
25-210 20 Mar 2006 22 Nov 2007 Spare Adhesive Nomenclature and

Packaging
25-211 20 Mar 2006 22 Nov 2007 Maintenance Release Record Alter-

ation
25-212 7 Jul 2006 22 Nov 2007 O-Ring Installation Tool Kit
SIL-2
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES SECTION PAGE DATE

SECTION PAGE DATE
Introduction INTRO-3 22 Nov 2007
Title Page T-1 22 Nov 2007 (Cont’d) INTRO-4 22 Nov 2007
INTRO-5 22 Nov 2007
Record of RR-1 22 Nov 2007 INTRO-6 22 Nov 2007
Revisions INTRO-7 22 Nov 2007
INTRO-8 22 Nov 2007
Temporary TR-1 9 Mar 2005 INTRO-9 22 Nov 2007
Revision INTRO-10 9 Mar 2005
Record INTRO-11 Customer
Feedback
Service SB-1 22 Nov 2007
Bulletin Description 1 22 Nov 2007
Record and 2 22 Nov 2007
Operation 3 22 Nov 2007
Service SIL-1 22 Nov 2007 4 9 Mar 2005
Information SIL-2 22 Nov 2007 5 22 Nov 2007
Letter 6 22 Nov 2007
Record
7 22 Nov 2007
8 22 Nov 2007
List of LEP-1 22 Nov 2007
9 22 Nov 2007
Effective LEP-2 22 Nov 2007
Pages LEP-3 22 Nov 2007 10 22 Nov 2007
LEP-4 22 Nov 2007 11 22 Nov 2007
LEP-5 22 Nov 2007 12 9 Mar 2005
LEP-6 22 Nov 2007 13 9 Mar 2005
LEP-7 22 Nov 2007 14 9 Mar 2005
LEP-8 Blank 15 9 Mar 2005
16 9 Mar 2005
Table of T/C-1 22 Nov 2007 17 9 Mar 2005
Contents 18 22 Nov 2007
19 9 Mar 2005
Introduction INTRO-1 22 Nov 2007 20 9 Mar 2005
INTRO-2 9 Mar 2005 21 9 Mar 2005
LEP-1
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
SECTION PAGE DATE SECTION PAGE DATE
Description 22 9 Mar 2005 Testing 129 9 Mar 2005

and and Fault 130 9 Mar 2005
Operation
Isolation 131 9 Mar 2005
(Cont’d)
(Cont’d) 132 9 Mar 2005
133 22 Nov 2007
Testing 101 22 Nov 2007
and Fault 102 22 Nov 2007 134 9 Mar 2005
Isolation 103 22 Nov 2007 135 9 Mar 2005
104 22 Nov 2007 136 9 Mar 2005
105 22 Nov 2007 137 9 Mar 2005
106 9 Mar 2005 138 22 Nov 2007
107 9 Mar 2005 139 22 Nov 2007
108 9 Mar 2005 140 22 Nov 2007
109 9 Mar 2005
110 22 Nov 2007 Disassembly 301 22 Nov 2007
111 22 Nov 2007 302 22 Nov 2007
112 22 Nov 2007 303 22 Nov 2007
113 9 Mar 2005 304 22 Nov 2007
114 9 Mar 2005 305 9 Mar 2005
115 9 Mar 2005 306 9 Mar 2005
116 9 Mar 2005 307 9 Mar 2005
117 22 Nov 2007 308 9 Mar 2005
118 22 Nov 2007 309 22 Nov 2007
119 22 Nov 2007 310 22 Nov 2007
120 9 Mar 2005 311 9 Mar 2005
121 22 Nov 2007 312 9 Mar 2005
122 22 Nov 2007 313 22 Nov 2007
123 9 Mar 2005 314 9 Mar 2005
124 9 Mar 2005 315 9 Mar 2005
125 9 Mar 2005 316 9 Mar 2005
126 22 Nov 2007 317 9 Mar 2005
127 22 Nov 2007 318 9 Mar 2005
128 9 Mar 2005 319 9 Mar 2005
LEP-2
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
Cleaning 320 Blank Repair 603 22 Nov 2007

(Cont’d) 604 22 Nov 2007
401 22 Nov 2007 605 22 Nov 2007
402 22 Nov 2007 606 22 Nov 2007
403 22 Nov 2007 607 22 Nov 2007
404 9 Mar 2005 608 22 Nov 2007
405 22 Nov 2007 609 22 Nov 2007
406 9 Mar 2005 610 22 Nov 2007
407 22 Nov 2007 611 22 Nov 2007
408 Blank 612 22 Nov 2007
613 22 Nov 2007
Check 501 22 Nov 2007 614 22 Nov 2007
502 22 Nov 2007 615 22 Nov 2007
503 22 Nov 2007 616 22 Nov 2007
504 22 Nov 2007 617 22 Nov 2007
505 22 Nov 2007 618 22 Nov 2007
506 22 Nov 2007 619 22 Nov 2007
507 22 Nov 2007 620 22 Nov 2007
508 9 Mar 2005 621 22 Nov 2007
509 9 Mar 2005 622 22 Nov 2007
510 22 Nov 2007 623 22 Nov 2007
511 22 Nov 2007 624 22 Nov 2007
512 9 Mar 2005 625 22 Nov 2007
513 22 Nov 2007 626 22 Nov 2007
514 22 Nov 2007 627 22 Nov 2007
515 22 Nov 2007 628 22 Nov 2007
516 9 Mar 2005 629 22 Nov 2007
517 9 Mar 2005 630 22 Nov 2007
518 Blank 631 22 Nov 2007
632 22 Nov 2007
Repair 601 22 Nov 2007 633 22 Nov 2007
602 22 Nov 2007 634 22 Nov 2007
LEP-3
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
Repair 635 22 Nov 2007 Assembly 708 22 Nov 2007

(Cont’d) 636 22 Nov 2007 (Cont’d) 709 22 Nov 2007
637 22 Nov 2007 710 22 Nov 2007
638 22 Nov 2007 711 22 Nov 2007
639 22 Nov 2007 712 22 Nov 2007
640 22 Nov 2007 713 22 Nov 2007
641 22 Nov 2007 714 22 Nov 2007
642 22 Nov 2007 715 22 Nov 2007
643 22 Nov 2007 716 22 Nov 2007
644 22 Nov 2007 717 22 Nov 2007
645 22 Nov 2007 718 22 Nov 2007
646 22 Nov 2007 719 22 Nov 2007
647 22 Nov 2007 720 22 Nov 2007
648 22 Nov 2007 721 22 Nov 2007
649 22 Nov 2007 722 22 Nov 2007
650 22 Nov 2007 723 9 Mar 2005
651 22 Nov 2007 724 9 Mar 2005
652 22 Nov 2007 725 22 Nov 2007
653 22 Nov 2007 726 22 Nov 2007
654 22 Nov 2007 727 22 Nov 2007
655 22 Nov 2007 728 22 Nov 2007
656 22 Nov 2007 729 22 Nov 2007
657 22 Nov 2007 730 22 Nov 2007
658 Blank 731 9 Mar 2005
732 22 Nov 2007
Assembly 701 22 Nov 2007 733 9 Mar 2005
702 22 Nov 2007 734 22 Nov 2007
703 22 Nov 2007 735 22 Nov 2007
704 22 Nov 2007 736 22 Nov 2007
705 22 Nov 2007 737 22 Nov 2007
706 22 Nov 2007 738 22 Nov 2007
707 22 Nov 2007 739 9 Mar 2005
LEP-4
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
Assembly 740 9 Mar 2005 Fits and 805 9 Mar 2005

(Cont’d) 741 22 Nov 2007 Clearances 806 Blank
742 22 Nov 2007 (Cont’d)
743 22 Nov 2007
744 22 Nov 2007 Special 901 22 Nov 2007
745 22 Nov 2007 Tools, 902 22 Nov 2007
746 22 Nov 2007 Fixtures and 903 22 Nov 2007
Equipment 904 22 Nov 2007
747 9 Mar 2005
905 22 Nov 2007
748 22 Nov 2007
906 22 Nov 2007
749 22 Nov 2007
907 22 Nov 2007
750 9 Mar 2005
751 9 Mar 2005 908 22 Nov 2007
909 22 Nov 2007
752 9 Mar 2005 910 22 Nov 2007
753 22 Nov 2007 911 22 Nov 2007
754 22 Nov 2007 912 22 Nov 2007
755 9 Mar 2005 913 22 Nov 2007
756 9 Mar 2005 914 22 Nov 2007
757 9 Mar 2005 915 22 Nov 2007
758 22 Nov 2007 916 22 Nov 2007
759 22 Nov 2007 917 22 Nov 2007
760 22 Nov 2007 918 22 Nov 2007
761 22 Nov 2007 919 22 Nov 2007
762 22 Nov 2007 920 22 Nov 2007
763 22 Nov 2007 921 22 Nov 2007
764 22 Nov 2007 922 Blank
765 22 Nov 2007
766 Blank Illustrated 1001 22 Nov 2007
Parts List 1002 9 Mar 2005
Fits and 801 22 Nov 2007 1003 9 Mar 2005
Clearances 802 9 Mar 2005 1004 9 Mar 2005
803 9 Mar 2005 1005 22 Nov 2007
804 9 Mar 2005 1006 22 Nov 2007
LEP-5
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
Illustrated 1007 9 Mar 2005 Illustrated 1039 22 Nov 2007

Parts List 1008 9 Mar 2005 Parts List 1040 22 Nov 2007
(Cont’d) 1009 9 Mar 2005 (Cont’d) 1041 9 Mar 2005
1010 9 Mar 2005 1042 9 Mar 2005
1011 9 Mar 2005 1043 22 Nov 2007
1012 9 Mar 2005 1044 9 Mar 2005
1013 9 Mar 2005 1045 22 Nov 2007
1014 9 Mar 2005 1046 22 Nov 2007
1015 22 Nov 2007 1047 22 Nov 2007
1016 9 Mar 2005 1048 9 Mar 2005
1017 9 Mar 2005 1049 22 Nov 2007
1018 9 Mar 2005 1050 22 Nov 2007
1019 9 Mar 2005 1051 22 Nov 2007
1020 9 Mar 2005 1052 22 Nov 2007
1021 9 Mar 2005 1053 22 Nov 2007
1022 22 Nov 2007 1054 22 Nov 2007
1023 9 Mar 2005 1055 22 Nov 2007
1024 9 Mar 2005 1056 22 Nov 2007
1025 22 Nov 2007 1057 22 Nov 2007
1026 22 Nov 2007 1058 22 Nov 2007
1027 22 Nov 2007 1059 22 Nov 2007
1028 22 Nov 2007 1060 22 Nov 2007
1029 22 Nov 2007 1061 22 Nov 2007
1030 22 Nov 2007 1062 22 Nov 2007
1031 22 Nov 2007 1063 9 Mar 2005
1032 22 Nov 2007 1064 9 Mar 2005
1033 22 Nov 2007 1065 22 Nov 2007
1034 22 Nov 2007 1066 9 Mar 2005
1035 22 Nov 2007 1067 22 Nov 2007
1036 22 Nov 2007 1068 22 Nov 2007
1037 22 Nov 2007 1069 22 Nov 2007
1038 22 Nov 2007 1070 22 Nov 2007
LEP-6
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
SECTION PAGE DATE
Illustrated 1071 22 Nov 2007

Parts List 1072 22 Nov 2007
(Cont’d) 1073 22 Nov 2007
1074 22 Nov 2007
1075 22 Nov 2007
1076 22 Nov 2007
Folding APPX-1 22 Nov 2007

Procedure
Appendices
LEP-7, 22 Nov 2007

25-60-34 LEP-8, Blank
D29835 22D22900
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
INTRODUCTION INTRO-1
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1
TESTING AND FAULT ISOLATION 101
DISASSEMBLY 301
CLEANING 401
CHECK 501
REPAIR 601
ASSEMBLY 701
FITS AND CLEARANCES 801
SPECIAL TOOLS, FIXTURES, AND EQUIPMENT 901
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST 1001
FOLDING PROCEDURE APPENDICES APPX-1
T/C-1
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
TABLE OF CONTENTS
INTRODUCTION
Page
1. General Information INTRO-2
2. Qualification Dates INTRO-3
3. Abbreviations and Symbols INTRO-4
4. Listing of Authorized Service Centers INTRO-7
5. Identifying Revised Material INTRO-7
6. Maintenance Inspection Log/Maintenance Release Record INTRO-7
7. Summary of Air Cruisers Company Maintenance Recommendations INTRO-8
8. Customer Feedback INTRO-11
INTRO-1
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
1. General Information
A. This manual provides Description and Operation, Disassembly,

Assembly, and Testing Instructions for approved mechanics, and an
Illustrated Parts List for the Evacuation Slide Systems and Reservoir
and Valve Assemblies used on the 727/737 Aircraft. The equipment is
manufactured by Air Cruisers Company, P. O. Box 180, Belmar, New
Jersey 07719-0180, United States of America - CAGE Code V70167.
B. To facilitate use of this manual, data that is particular to a specific con-
figuration(s) is presented separately by subsection within each major
section of the manual. The Table of Contents at the beginning of the
manual tabulates all major sections. A more detailed Table of Contents
is provided at the beginning of each section.
C. Throughout the manual pay particular attention to the WARNINGS,
CAUTIONS, and NOTES; their intentions are as follows:
WARNING: TO CALL ATTENTION TO METHODS AND PROCE-
DURES WHICH MUST BE FOLLOWED PRECISELY TO
AVOID INJURY TO PERSONS.
CAUTION: TO CALL ATTENTION TO METHODS AND PROCE-
DURES WHICH MUST BE FOLLOWED TO AVOID DAM-
AGE TO EQUIPMENT.
NOTE: To call attention to methods which make the job easier.
D. Pages Intro-4 through Intro-6 consist of a list of Abbreviations and
Symbols used throughout this manual.
E. Comments regarding this manual including those of an editorial nature
can be made on the Customer Feedback page (Intro-11) and sent to:
Air Cruisers Company

Technical Publications Department, P. O. Box 180, Belmar, NJ 07719-0180
Highway 34 South at Allaire Airport
Tel. (732) 681-3527, Fax. (732) 681-9163
SITA-BLMACXD
email - technicalpublications@aircruisers.zodiac.com
www.aircruisers.com
INTRO-2
25-60-34 9 Mar 2005
D29835 22D22900
2. Qualification Dates
VERIFICATION DATE
Testing and Fault Isolation 3 Feb 1977

Disassembly 3 Feb 1977
Assembly 3 Feb 1977
A. Listed below is a cross reference tabulation between the Evacuation

Slide Systems and the Reservoir and Valve Assemblies.
EVACUATION RESERVOIR AND

AIRCRAFT FOLDING
SLIDE VALVE ASSEMBLY
DESIGNATION PROCEDURE
P/N P/N
727/737 Aircraft D29835-103, P-11705 D17750-103

(Automatic Deployment) -107, -201, -205,
-209, -211, -215,
-219, -223, -225,
-227, -229, -231
737 Aircraft 22D22900-103, P-11719 D17782-101
Forward Door -143, -145, -147,
(Automatic Deployment) -149, -151
727/737 Aircraft D29835-105, P-11705 D17750-103
(Manual Deployment) -109, -203, -207,
-213, -217, -221
737 Aircraft 22D22900-101, P-11719 D17782-101
Forward Door -141
(Manual Deployment)
INTRO-3
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
3. Abbreviations and Symbols
AD Airworthiness Directive
AR As Required
Assy. Assembly
Approx. Approximate
@ At
BKDN Breakdown
cc Cubic Centimeters
CFE Customer Furnished Equipment
CFM Customer Furnished Material
CFR Code of Federal Regulations
CGA Compressed Gas Association
CL Centerline
cm Centimeter
CMM Component Maintenance Manual
Cont’d Continued
CO2 Carbon Dioxide
Csk. Countersunk
Cu. Ft. Cubic Feet
Cu. In. Cubic Inch
DCR Document Change Request
Dia. Diameter
DOT Department of Transportation
ECN Engineering Change Notice
EFF Effectivity
ELT Emergency Locator Transmitter
etc. Etcetera
o
C Degrees Centigrade
o
F Degrees Fahrenheit
FAA Federal Aviation Administration
FAR Federal Aviation Regulation
FIG. Figure
Ft. Feet, Foot
Ft. Lb. Foot Pounds
g Gram
Hg Mercury
ICC Interstate Commerce Commission
INTRO-4
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
I. D. Inside Diameter
In. Inch
In. Hg Inches of Mercury
In. Lb. Inch Pounds
IPL Illustrated Parts List
kg Kilograms
kg/sec Kilograms per Second
Lb. Pound or Pounds
Lb./Sec Pounds per Second
L. H. Left Hand
L. S. Left Side
m Meter
Max. Maximum
MEK Methyl Ethyl Ketone
Min. Minimum
MIL STD Military Standard
mm Millimeter
mm Hg Millimeter of Mercury
MS Military Standard
N Newton
N/A Not Applicable
N/cm2 Newtons per Square Centimeter
N-m Newton-Meter
NAS National Aircraft Standard
NHA Next Higher Assembly
NO. Number
NP Not Procurable
O. D. Outside Diameter
P/N Part Number
Para. Paragraph
PERM Permanent
Post Subsequent to
Pre Prior to
psig Pounds per Square Inch Gage
QTY Quantity
R Revised
Rd. Hd. Round Head
REE Rejection Elastic Expansion
INTRO-5
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
REV Revision
RF or REF. Reference
R. H. Right Hand
R. S. Right Side
S. B. (SB) Service Bulletin
SCFM Standard Cubic Feet per Minute
Sec. Seconds
S. I. L. (SIL) Service Information Letter
S/N Serial Number
SRB Survival Radio Beacon
Subs Subsequent
Supsd Superseded
Supsds Supersedes
Temp. Rev. or T. R. Temporary Revision
TSO Technical Standard Order
Ty. Type
TYP. Typical
V Vendor
*** Denotes end of Attaching Hardware
- Denotes Item Not Illustrated
Δ Denotes Intentionally Left Blank
INTRO-6
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
4. Listing of Authorized Service Centers
For a complete list of authorized service centers refer to S. I. L. 25-102.
5. Identifying Revised Material
NOTE: A revision to a page is defined as any change to the printed

matter that existed previously.
A. Revisions, additions, and deletions shall be identified by a vertical
black line along the left hand margin of the page opposite only that por-
tion of the printed matter that has changed.
B. A black line in the left hand margin opposite the page number and
date, will indicate that the text was unchanged but the material was
relocated to a different page.
C. For the detailed parts listing an individual code letter “R”, instead of a
vertical black line, shall be used on each line to identify revisions.
D. Each page of a complete manual change is assigned the new revision
date.
6. Maintenance Inspection Log/Maintenance Release Record
A. A maintenance inspection log/record is shipped with each system and

is generally located in a maintenance pocket on the outside of a carry-
ing case, lacing cover, container, and/or between a girt assembly
depending on the system configuration. It is recommended that the
inspection log/record be kept with the system at all times.
NOTE: It is recommended that indelible ink be used for recording.
The inspection log/record is for the recording of both scheduled and
non-scheduled maintenance that has been performed. This information
is vital to personnel performing maintenance and/or incorporation of
service bulletins.
INTRO-7
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
7. Summary of Air Cruisers Company Maintenance Recommendations
A. For Evacuation Systems perform the following every 3 years up to and

including 15 years**. After system has been in service for more than 15
years the following should be done each year (annually), if the inflat-
able and hose are not replaced at 15 years*.
RECOMMENDATION REFERENCE
(1). Functional Deployment Test See Testing section.

(2). Inflatable Integrity Verification Tests See Testing section.
(a). Perform Overpressure Test
(if applicable)*
(b). Perform Leakage Test
(3). Hose Integrity Verification See Testing section.
(If applicable)*
(4). Light System Test (If applicable)* See Testing section.
(5). Disassemble System to the extent neces- See Disassembly and
sary to comply with Check section. Check sections.
(6). Verify incorporation of all outstanding Ser- Air Cruisers Company
vice Bulletins and Service Information Let- EDN 1626, Technical
ters. Publication Index
* If the inflatable, reservoir, hose, and applicable life-limited items are replaced at
15 years, then the standard 3 year maintenance interval is re-instated for the
next 15 years.
** The first maintenance shall be performed three years from the evacuation
system’s date of manufacture. Subsequent maintenance shall be performed
three years from the prior maintenance date, up to and including 15 years.
INTRO-8
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
B. For Inflation Systems perform the following every three years**.
RECOMMENDATION REFERENCE
(1). Verify incorporation of all out- Air Cruisers Company

standing Service Bulletins and EDN 1626, Technical
Service Information Letters. Publication Index
(2). Reservoir and Valve Assembly Included herein.
(a). Perform Inflation Valve Pull See Testing section.
Force Test
(b). Leakage Test
(c). Reservoir Requalification *
(d). Perform all steps in Check See Check section.
section.
NOTE: Individual valve components
are only to be checked if
valve has been disassem-
bled.
*Reference applicable DOT specification or exemption on reservoir for

requalification interval and service life.
** The first maintenance shall be performed three years from the evacuation
system’s date of manufacture. Subsequent maintenance shall be performed
three years from the prior maintenance date, up to and including 15 years.
NOTE: Instructions detailed herein serve as a general guideline for

reservoir requalification (i.e. Visual Inspection, Hydrostatic
Testing, etc.). All inspection and testing shall be performed in
accordance with the applicable governing DOT Regulations by
DOT-Approved Facilities.
INTRO-9
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
This page intentionally left blank.
INTRO-10
25-60-34 9 Mar 2005
8. Customer Feedback
We encourage you to submit any written comments or recommendations for improving this
document, or to suggest new items or subjects for incorporation at the next revision. Also if you
find an error, please tell us about it. Additional pages may be used for your response.
To: Technical Publications Department
SUBJECT DOCUMENT:
An error (procedural or typographical) has been noted in paragraph _____on page_____
Recommend paragraph_____on page_____be changed as follows:
In a future change to this document, please include coverage on the following subject
(briefly describe what you want added):
Other Comments:
I would like to discuss the above. Please contact me.
Thank you for your input.
Submitted by:___________________________________________Date:_________________
Company:___________________________________________________________________
Telephone:________________Fax. No.___________________E-Mail:___________________
P. O. Box 180, Belmar, New Jersey 07719-0180 USA
Highway 34 South at Allaire Airport
TEL: (732) 681-3527 FAX: (732) 681-9163 E-Mail: technicalpublications@aircruisers.zodiac.com
INTRO-11, Feedback, 25-60-34

D29835 22D22900
TABLE OF CONTENTS
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
Page
1. Leading Particulars 2
2. Evacuation Slide Assembly Description 18
3. Operation 20
4. Installation 22
Page 1
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
1. Leading Particulars
ITEM DESCRIPTION
Evacuation Slide Part Number D29835-Series

Automatic with lights: -107, -209, -219,
-225, -227
Automatic without lights: -103, -201,
-205, -211, -215, -223, -231
Manual with lights: -109
Manual without lights: -105, -203, -207,
-213, -217, -221
Type of Slide Single Lane
Type of Deployment Automatic or Manual Inflation
Slide Material
Body Yellow, Urethane - Coated Nylon
Floor Grey, Urethane - Coated Nylon
Length of Slide (Nominal) 186 In. (4724 mm)
Slide Inflated Volume (Nominal) 60.0 Cu. Ft. (1699 Liters)
Slide Inflation Time (Seconds) 2.5 Seconds Maximum
Slide Operating Pressure at 70°F 2.0 to 2.5 psig (1.4 to 1.7 N/cm2)
(21°C)
Container Material Urethane-Coated Nylon Fabric
Velcro Closures (Automatic Inflation)
Urethane-Coated Nylon Fabric

Velcro Closures and Snap Fasteners
(Manual Inflation)
Lighting System (If Applicable) Alkaline Battery and Incandescent Lamps
LEADING PARTICULARS
TABLE 1 (SHEET 1 OF 2)
Page 2
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
ITEM DESCRIPTION
Reservoir
P/N 16D17194-25 DOT 3HT-3000 Pressed Steel
P/N 65334-25 DOT 3HT-3300 Seemless Steel
Reservoir and Valve Nominal 3000 psig (2067 N/cm2) air or nitrogen
Pressure at 70°F (21°C)
Reservoir Volume 265 Cu. In. (4.34 Liters)
Valve Assembly Ball-Type Valve
Rupture Disc Relief Device 4500-4950 psig (3100-3410 N/cm2)
Pressure Gage Direct Reading
System Maximum Weight
D29835-100 Series without 43.75 Lb. (19.84 kg)
lights: used on 727-200 Aircraft
(All Doors)
D29835-100 Series with lights: 46.75 Lb. (21.21 kg)

used on 727-200 Aircraft (All
Doors)
D29835-200 Series without 41.75 Lb. (18.94 kg)

lights: used on 737 Aircraft (Aft
Doors Only)
D29835-200 Series with lights: 44.75 Lb. (20.29 kg)

used on 737 Aircraft (Aft Doors
Only)
LEADING PARTICULARS
Page 3
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
Page 4
25-60-34 9 Mar 2005
D29835 22D22900
1. Leading Particulars (Cont’d)
ITEM DESCRIPTION
Evacuation Slide Part Number D29835-229

Type of Deployment Automatic Inflation
Slide Material
Body Grey, Reflective Urethane - Coated Nylon
Floor Grey, Reflective Urethane - Coated Nylon
(21°C)
Velcro Closures
Reservoir
P/N 65334-25 DOT 3HT-3300 Seemless Steel
Reservoir and Valve Nominal Pres- 3000 Psig (2067 N/cm2) air or nitrogen
sure at 70°F (21°C)
Valve Assembly Ball-Type Valve
System Maximum Weight 41.75 Lb. (18.94 kg)
D29835-229:
used on 737 Aircraft (Aft Door Only)
LEADING PARTICULARS
TABLE 2
Page 5
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
ITEM DESCRIPTION
Evacuation Slide Part Number 22D22900-Series

Automatic without lights: -103, -143
Manual without lights: -101, -141
Type of Deployment Automatic or Manual Inflation
Slide Material
(21°C)
Velcro Closures (Automatic Inflation)
Urethane-Coated Nylon Fabric

Parachute Pin and Loop
(Manual Inflation)
Reservoir
Reservoir and Valve/Regulator 3000 psig (2067 N/cm2) air or nitrogen
Nominal Pressure at 70°F (21°C)
Valve/Regulator Assembly Ball-Type Valve, Poppet Regulator
LEADING PARTICULARS
Page 6
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
ITEM DESCRIPTION
Fusible Plug Thermal Relief Device 174 ± 5°F

(D18294 Valve/Regulators only) (79 ± 3°C)
22D22900-100 Series:
used on 737 Aircraft
(Forward Door only)
LEADING PARTICULARS
Page 7
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
ITEM DESCRIPTION
Evacuation Slide Part Number Automatic with lights: 22D22900-147

Slide Material
(21°C)
Velcro Closures
Lighting System Alkaline Battery and Halogen Lamps
Reservoir
Rupture Disc Relief Device 4500-4950 psig
(3100-3410 N/cm2)
Fusible Plug Thermal Relief Device 174 ± 5°F
(D18294 Valve/Regulators only) (79 ± 3°C)
LEADING PARTICULARS
Page 8
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
ITEM DESCRIPTION

22D22900-147:
used on 737 Aircraft (Forward Door
Only)
LEADING PARTICULARS
Page 9
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
ITEM DESCRIPTION
Evacuation Slide Part Number Automatic without lights: 22D22900-149, -151

Slide Material
Body Grey, Reflective Urethane - Coated Nylon
Floor Silver, Reflective Urethane - Coated Nylon
(21°C)
Velcro Closures
Reservoir
P/N 16D17194-5 DOT 3HT -3000 Pressed Steel
Rupture Disc Relief Device 4500-4950 psig
(3100-3410 N/cm2)
Fusible Plug Thermal Relief 174 ± 5°F
Device (79 ± 3°C)
(D18294 Valve/Regulators only)
LEADING PARTICULARS
Page 10
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
ITEM DESCRIPTION

22D22900-149, -151:
used on 737 Aircraft
(Forward Door Only)
LEADING PARTICULARS
Page 11
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
DETACHABLE GIRT
ASSEMBLY
INFLATE/
DEFLATE
VALVE HALF-TIE ATTACHMENT POINT
SIDE RAILS
ASPIRATOR
RE-ENTRY TAPE
HOSE
ASSEMBLY
LAMP HARNESS
ASSEMBLY
RESERVOIR
AND VALVE FLOOR
ASSEMBLY
FLOTATION
HANDLE
SECONDARY
HALF-TIE
RESTRAINTS
RELIEF VALVE
NO-FAIL HANDLE
D29835-SERIES
EVACUATION SLIDE SYSTEM

SHOWN INFLATED
FIGURE 1
Page 12
25-60-34 9 Mar 2005
D29835 22D22900
RESERVOIR AND VALVE ASSEMBLY
SOFT CONTAINER ASSEMBLY
SLIDE ASSEMBLY
DETACHABLE
GIRT ASSEMBLY
D29835-100 SERIES
727-200 AIRCRAFT
(ALL DOORS)
SLIDE ASSEMBLY
DETACHABLE GIRT
ASSEMBLY
D29835-200 SERIES
737 AIRCRAFT (AFT DOORS ONLY)

PACKED CONFIGURATION
FIGURE 2
Page 13
25-60-34 9 Mar 2005
D29835 22D22900
INFLATE/DEFLATE VALVE
GIRT ASSEMBLY
RELIEF VALVE
RE-ENTRY TAPE
RAIL POSITIONERS
ASPIRATOR (4)
RESERVOIR AND NO-FAIL HANDLE

VALVE ASSEMBLY
FLOTATION HANDLE (2) TAB/CLASP
ASSEMBLY
22D22900-SERIES
(WITHOUT LIGHTS)

SHOWN INFLATED
FIGURE 3
Page 14
25-60-34 9 Mar 2005
D29835 22D22900
SLIDE ASSEMBLY
DETACHABLE
GIRT ASSEMBLY
MANUAL INFLATION
HANDLE
22D22900-100 SERIES
737 AIRCRAFT (FWD DOOR)

FIGURE 4
Page 15
25-60-34 9 Mar 2005
D29835 22D22900
INFLATE/DEFLATE VALVE
GIRT ASSEMBLY
RELIEF VALVE
ASPIRATOR
RAIL POSITIONER (FEMALE)
RE-ENTRY
TAPE
RAIL POSITIONER
(MALE)
RESERVOIR
AND VALVE
ASSEMBLY LAMP
HARNESS
ASSEMBLY
FLOTATION
HANDLE
TAB/CLASP
NO-FAIL HANDLE ASSEMBLY
22D22900-147
(WITH LIGHTS)

SHOWN INFLATED
FIGURE 5
Page 16
25-60-34 9 Mar 2005
D29835 22D22900
SLIDE ASSEMBLY
DETACHABLE
GIRT ASSEMBLY
INFLATION HANDLE
22D22900-100 SERIES, AUTOMATIC SYSTEM

737 AIRCRAFT (FORWARD DOOR)

FIGURE 6
Page 17
25-60-34 9 Mar 2005
D29835 22D22900
2. Evacuation Slide Assembly Description
A. Evacuation Slide Assembly construction consists of two longitudinal

inflatable support tubes, structurally and pneumatically joined at either
end by transverse inflatable tubes. On the D29835-Series only the two
longitudinal support tubes are joined along their axis approximately at
midpoint by a transverse tube. The top transverse (sill) tube provides
stable support against the aircraft. The bottom (runway) tube contacts
the ground (when deployed). The main structure also provides mount-
ing provisions for attachment of the aspirator, a pressure relief valve, a
support sling for the reservoir and valve assembly, a detachable girt
with mooring line, and a girt bar for attachment to the aircraft structure.
A non-inflatable floor is attached to the main structural tubes, and pro-
vides the evacuee sliding surface. The floor is coated to provide a
means for dissipating static electricity buildup during evacuation. A re-
entry tape is included for use in the event reboarding of the aircraft is
necessary.
For D29835-107, -109, -209, -219, -225, -227, and 22D22900-147.

These slides are equipped with an automatically actuated alkaline
battery-operated lighting system. The lighting is located along the lon-
gitudinal tubes and across the runway tube.
B. The reservoir and valve assembly is installed in a support sling
attached to the underside of the slide. The aspirators are connected to
the reservoir and valve assembly by means of a hose assembly that
transfers the gas output of the reservoir and valve assembly to the pri-
mary nozzles of the aspirator. The D29835 Slide System has two aspi-
rators; The 22D22900 Slide System has one aspirator.
C. The reservoir and valve assembly consists of a high-pressure gas stor-
age reservoir and discharge valve. The gas storage reservoir conforms
to DOT-3HT specification, steel construction, having a volume of 265
Cu. In. (4.34 Liters) for D29835 Slide Systems and 150 Cu. In. (2.46
Liters) for 22D22900 Slide Systems.
D. The reservoir is charged with air or nitrogen to operating pressure of
3000 psig (2067 N/cm2) at 70°F (21°C).
E. The discharge valve, installed on the reservoir, has a ball valve mecha-
nism which rotates to open or close the valve. The valve incorporates a
pressure gage to indicate the stored gas charge, a rupture disc to limit
the reservoir below proof pressure, and a filler valve for charging pur-
poses.
Page 18
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
F. The inflation hose for the D29835 Slide System incorporates a teflon
inner liner, reinforced with stainless steel braid and stainless fittings.
The inflation hose for the 22D22900 Slide System incorporates a
Teflon inner liner with a Kevlar outer reinforcing braid and swivel-type
stainless fittings.
G. Each aspirator is comprised of a cylindrical mixing tube section for mix-
ing primary and secondary gases, a nozzle section through which the
primary gases are introduced, a conical inlet section for the entrance of
ambient air and the flapper valve for sealing the ambient air inlet after
inflation has been completed. The only moving part is the flapper valve
assembly.
Page 19
25-60-34 9 Mar 2005
D29835 22D22900
3. Operation
A. Initiation of Deployment: Manual and Automatic Systems
The slide is prepared for deployment in accordance with the aircraft

operating manual. As the aircraft door is opened, the rigid container
secured to the door is opened by release of the lanyard assembly,
which is attached to the girt bar. As the aircraft door opens, the con-
tainer opens and the evacuation system drops outboard over the air-
craft door sill while secured to the aircraft by the girt assembly and girt
bar.
B. Operating Sequence: Automatic Systems Only
(1). As the evacuation system falls outboard, the slide automatically
inflates by means of the inflation cable assembly whose quick
disconnect is restrained on the girt; the opposite end of the cable
assembly is connected to the discharge valve. The length of the
restrained release cable is shorter than the fully extended girt.
Before the girt reaches full extension, the discharge valve is acti-
vated and the slide inflates.
(2). If the slide does not inflate automatically, it can be manually
inflated by pulling the pull handle assembly attached to the girt
assembly. In either case, stored gas is supplied to the aspirator
and inflation continues as described in Paragraph D.
C. Operation Sequence: Manual Systems Only
(1). The evacuation system after release from the hard container
comes to rest over the door sill outside the aircraft.
(2). Initiation of the inflation sequence is accomplished by pulling the
pull handle assembly located on the girt. This action releases the
container closure allowing the container to open and actuate the
discharge valve which releases the stored gas charge to the aspi-
rators. Inflation continues as described in Paragraph D.
Page 20
25-60-34 9 Mar 2005
D29835 22D22900
D. Inflation/Deployment: Manual and Automatic Systems

(1). As stored (primary) gas is supplied to the aspirators, a low pres-
sure area is created in the mixing section of the aspirator behind
the flapper valve by the high velocity of the gas exiting the nozzle.
The low pressure area causes the flapper valve to open and
induces a flow of ambient air (secondary gas) adding to the pri-
mary gas, thereby providing rapid inflation.
(2). After full extension of the slide, the aspirator flapper valves close
and the remaining primary gas is used to “top-off” the slide to final
operating pressure.
(3). During the deployment, secondary restraint devices, (hook and
pile fasteners), and a tab and release clasp assembly, momen-
tarily restrain the slide until gas pressure is sufficient to project
the inflatable outward and downward to a fully extended position.
Page 21
25-60-34 9 Mar 2005
D29835 22D22900
4. Installation
A. The slide system is installed in a decorative bustle on the aircraft door.

In the armed mode, the slide is connected to the door sill by the girt bar
which is installed through a sleeve in the girt and retained to the aircraft
by floor brackets.
B. The conditions and tests required for TSO approval of this article are
minimum performance standards. It is the responsibility of those install-
ing this article either on or within a specific type or class of aircraft to
determine that the aircraft installation conditions are within the TSO
standards. TSO articles must be approved for installation. This article
may be installed only if the installation is performed in accordance with
14 CFR part 43 or the applicable airworthiness requirements.
Page 22
25-60-34 9 Mar 2005
D29835 22D22900
TABLE OF CONTENTS
TESTING AND FAULT ISOLATION
Page
1. Test Equipment/Materials 102
2. Test Setup 105
3. Testing of Inflatable System 105
4. Testing of Reservoir and Valve Assembly 131
5. Fault Isolation 138
Page 101
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
1. Test Equipment/Materials (Table 101)
NOTE: Drawings of equipment/tools manufactured by Air Cruisers

Company are available from Air Cruisers Company upon
request.
NOTE: Equivalent substitutes may be used for items when marked
with the following symbol ♦.
ITEM/DESCRIPTION QUANTITY SOURCE USE

Leak Test Solution, Clear As Commercially Determines leakage of
Ivory liquid Detergent ♦ Required Available inflatable assemblies.
One ounce (29.6 milliliters) of detergent mixed to every 64 ounces (1.9 liters) of
water
Soft Bristle Brush ♦ 1 Commercially Application of solu-
Available tions/solvents.
Manometer (water) 1 Commercially Measures pressure of
0 to 5.0 psig Available inflatable assembly.
(0 to 3.45 N/cm2) * ♦
Manometer (Meriam Fluid) 1 Commercially Measures pressure of
0.5 to 5.0 psig Available inflatable assembly.
(.34 to 3.45 N/cm2)
[9.4 in. (238.8 mm) M. F.
per 1.0 psig (.69 N/cm2)] * ♦
Barometer 1 Commercially Measures ambient
[Scale increments not more Available pressure.
than 0.10 In. (2.54 mm)] ♦
Stopwatch, Plain Timer 1 Commercially Measures inflation
(1/10 Seconds Gradua- Available time of system during
tions) ♦ functional deployment
test.
*Alternatives
TESTING EQUIPMENT/MATERIALS
Page 102
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900

Thermometer 1 Commercially Measures ambient
[Scale increments not more Available temperature.
than 1°F (0.56 °C)] ♦
Borescope or 1 Commercially Used to visually
Flexible Light ♦ Available inspect reservoir inte-
rior.
Brush, 1 Inch (25.4 mm) ♦ 1 Commercially Applies cement.
Available
Adapter - For Hydrostatic 1 Air Cruisers Co. Attaches reservoir to
Testing V70167 hydrostatic test
C19848-1 machine.
Relief Valve Locking Tool 1 Air Cruisers Co. Retains relief valve in
D19747-101 V70167 “closed” position; pro-
hibits inflatable assem-
bly pressure loss
during overpressure
testing.
Tool - Adapter, Inflate/ 1 Air Cruisers Co. Connects manometer/
Deflate Valve V70167 pressure gage to
23D19238-1 inflate/deflate valve for
inflatable assembly
pressure reading.
Nickel Coated Teflon Tape As Air Cruisers Co. Aspirator pressure test
M12243* Required V70167 valve installation leak-
age deterrent.
Test Set (Light System) 1 D.M.E. Corp. Verifies power unit
Model TU-12 or TU-14 V55827 voltage and lamp/LED
harness amperage.
Test Set (Light System) 1 Basewest, inc. Verifies power unit
Model TS-420 0MF00 voltage and lamp/LED
(Alternative to TU-14) harness amperage.
Page 103
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900

Microlambert Test Standard 1 NRD Division Calibrated standard for
T-4102-C V5K923 comparing luminous
Self Luminous handle handle brightness.
(Calibrated 100 Microlam-
bert 1 year life)
Hydrostatic Test Machine 1 Air Cruisers Co. Overpressure tests
TO4853 ♦ V70167 hose assemblies.
Tool - Removal/Installation, 1 Mirada Installs/removes
and Handle Research & inflate/deflate and relief
B51025 and A51280 Mfg. Co. valves.
(Used with 64154 relief V08407
valves.)
Relief Valve Test Clamp 1 Air Cruisers Co. Retains relief valve in
TO5862 V70167 “closed” position; pro-
(Used with 64154 relief hibits inflatable assem-
valves.) bly pressure loss
during overpressure
and leakage testing.
Vise, Chain Link Type ♦ 1 Commercially Immobilizes reservoir
Available or Air and valve assembly
Cruisers Co. during assembly/over-
P/N 65455-101 haul/maintenance/test-
ing.
Neoprene Strap 1 Commercially Protects reservoir while
28 x 4 x 1/8 In. Available immobilized in vise.
(711.2 x 101.6 x 3.2 mm)
Durometer #80-85 ♦
Page 104
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
2. Test Setup
A. Testing of components is accomplished on the inflatable with all compo-

nents assembled as an operational system.
WARNING: USE EYE, FACE, AND EAR PROTECTION WHEN USING
HIGH PRESSURE AIR.
NOTE: The shop compressed air source should be free of oil and moisture
and incorporate a 20 micron filter.
B. Attachment of inflation shop air source or manometer testing equipment to
the inflatable inflate/deflate valve is accomplished using the adapter (Table
101).
3. Testing of Inflatable System
A. Trial Inflation (Functional Deployment Test)

(1). A system function test may be performed by deploying the slide from
the aircraft at time of removal for maintenance check.
NOTE: If an aircraft is unavailable, see Paragraph 3.B, Floor Run Test.
(2). The deployment area should be covered with carpeting or other pro-
tective material.
(3). Check the reservoir and valve/regulator assembly pressure gage for
the proper gas charge reading prior to deployment. See Check sec-
tion.
(4). With the slide prepared for launching in accordance with the estab-
lished procedure (refer to your aircraft manual for details), place door
in “armed” mode and open door to deploy slide.
(5). Inflation time within 2.5 seconds for D29835-Series and 2.0 seconds
for 22D22900-Series can be obtained by measuring, with a stop-
watch, the time from initiation of inflation until the inflatable is fully
extended.
(6). Minimum operating pressure for the evacuation slide is 1.5 psig (1.03
N/cm2). Normal operating pressure is 2.0 to 2.5 psig (1.38 to 1.72 N/
cm2) for D29835-Series and 1.5 to 2.6 psig (1.03 to 1.79 N/cm2) for
22D22900-Series. Check immediately, to within 5 minutes, after
deployment with a manometer or pressure gage (Table 101) con-
nected to the inflate/deflate valve (Table 101).
(7). Upon completion of test, immediately reinstall the lanyard assembly
in the power unit to prevent unnecessary usage of power source.
Page 105
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
(8). If performance requirements are not met, the equipment is not func-
tioning properly. Isolate the cause (see Paragraph 5, Fault Isolation)
and correct the problem(s) before returning the slide assembly to ser-
vice.
(9). Remove the slide from the aircraft. See Aircraft Maintenance Manual.
B. Floor Run Functional Test
NOTE: Use this procedure to functionally test a system on the shop floor
instead of deploying from an aircraft.
NOTE: The inflation test area must be carpeted to protect the slide com-
ponents from damage by abrasion due to contact with the floor.
NOTE: A minimum of three persons is recommended to support the test.
• Test director to initiate inflation and to time the process
• One person to hold the aspirator
• One person to read the pressure measuring instrument
(1). Remove the slide from container and unfold per the Disassembly
section.
(2). Extend slide to its full length and width with floor side up.
(3). Separate inflation cable from girt. Remove quick disconnect fitting
and pull handle, remove cable from grommet tab and reattach pull
handle and fitting.
(4). Check pressure gage on reservoir to insure gage pointer is above
minimum pressure.
WARNING: HOLD ASPIRATOR AT ARMS LENGTH AND OFF THE
FLOOR WITH OPENING AWAY FROM THE FACE AND
AWAY FROM LOOSE OBJECTS WITHIN 6 FEET (1.8 M).
NOTE: Record time in seconds to when slide is fully formed.
(5). Initiate inflation by pulling the inflation cable from the valve and
record time to when slide is fully formed. Time should be 3 seconds
maximum.
(6). Within one to five minutes following gas discharge, connect adapter
and manometer (Table 101) to the pressure test valve and record
pressure. Pressure should be 1.5 (1.03 N/cm2) minimum.
(7). If performance requirements are not met, the equipment is not func-
tioning properly. Isolate the cause (see Paragraph 4, Fault Isolation)
and correct the problem(s) before returning the slide assembly to ser-
vice.
Page 106
25-60-34 9 Mar 2005
D29835 22D22900
RELIEF VALVE
LOCKING TOOL
RELIEF VALVE
RELIEF VALVE LOCKING TOOL

(PRE S.B. 103-25-39)
FIGURE 101
Page 107
25-60-34 9 Mar 2005
D29835 22D22900
RELIEF VALVE
TEST CLAMP
TO5862
RELIEF VALVE
RELIEF VALVE TEST CLAMP

(POST S.B. 103-25-39)
FIGURE 102
Page 108
25-60-34 9 Mar 2005
D29835 22D22900
INFLATE/DEFLATE
VALVE
SLIDE SYSTEM
SHOP AIR
HOSE
FLAPPER
VALVES
SHOP AIR
HOSE
SLIDE LEAKAGE TEST

FIGURE 103
Page 109
25-60-34 9 Mar 2005
D29835 22D22900
C. Inflatable Integrity Verification Tests

NOTE: Perform the integrity verification tests as a part of every sched-
uled maintenance check. Perform an inflatable leakage test
prior to every repack of the system.
CAUTION: PERFORM AN OVERPRESSURE TEST AND A LEAK-
AGE TEST AFTER ANY REPAIR WHICH COULD
AFFECT AIR RETENTION CAPABILITIES. THIS WOULD
NOT INCLUDE REPLACEMENT OF ASPIRATORS.
(1). Overpressure Test
(a). Install the relief valve locking tool or test clamp (Table 101) on
the relief valve located on the spacer tube for D29835 Slides,
and at the sill end for 22D22900 Slides.
(b). Hold the aspirator flapper valves open; position shop air nozzle
approximately three to four In. (76.2 to 101.6 mm) away from
the aspirator inlet (flapper valve). Add air until the slide inflates
(rounds out) to design shape. Allow aspirator flapper valves to
close.
WARNING: CHECK INFLATABLE PRESSURE TO ASSURE THAT
THE MAXIMUM SPECIFIED VALUE IS NOT EXCEEDED.
(c). Connect adapter (Table 101) to the inflate/deflate valve located
at the sill end of the slide. Attach air line to adapter.
(d). Increase pressure to 3.2 psig (2.2 N/cm2).
(e). Remove air line.
NOTE: Measure the pressure with a manometer or gage calibrated in
increments not greater than 0.1 psig (0.07 N/cm2) (Table 101)
connected to the inflate/deflate valve located towards the sill
end of the slide, where applicable, via adapters (Table 101).
(f). Record slide pressure and time of day.
(g). Allow the slide to stand undisturbed for a time interval of five
minutes.
NOTE: There shall be no evidence of construction or material failure.
All seams and accessories shall remain intact and show no
evidence of separation.
(h). Check slide for structure degradation, lifts, seam separation, or
material fatigue. None is permitted.
Page 110
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
WARNING: REMOVE THE RELIEF VALVE LOCKING TOOL OR

TEST CLAMP FROM THE RELIEF VALVE.
(i). Remove the relief valve locking tool or test clamp.
(j). Deflate the slide assembly or proceed to Leakage Test.
(2). Leakage Test

NOTE: If pressure test was previously conducted and system is
inflated, proceed to Paragraph 3.C.2.(b).
(a). Hold the aspirator flapper valves open; position shop air nozzle
approximately three to four In. (76.2 to 101.6 mm) away from
the aspirator inlet (flapper valve). Add air until the slide inflates
(rounds out) to design shape. Allow aspirator flapper valves to
close.
NOTE: Measure the pressure with a manometer or gage calibrated in
increments not greater than 0.1 psig (0.07 N/cm2) (Table 101)
connected to the pressure test valve on aspirator or to the
inflate/deflate valve located on the upper sill tube, where appli-
cable, via adapters (Table 101).
(b). Using either the pressure test valve or the inflate/deflate valve,
where applicable, install adapters (Table 101), attach air line to
adapter, and add air. Top-off tube pressure to 2.0 psig (1.38
N/cm2).
(c). Remove air line.
(d). Allow the slide to stabilize for one hour.
(e). After one hour, check and readjust the pressure to 2.0 psig
(1.38 N/cm2) if necessary.
(f). Record slide pressure, temperature, barometric pressure, and
time of day.
(g). Allow the slide assembly to stand undisturbed for the desired
test interval (four hours minimum is recommended). Record
the slide pressure, temperature, barometric pressure, and time
of day at the end of the pressure test.
Page 111
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
NOTE: The minimum permissible slide pressure is shown in Figure

104 after correction for temperature and pressure variations.
Correct for temperature variations by subtracting 0.1 psig (0.07
N/cm2) for every 3°F (1.7°C) rise in temperature or by adding
0.1 psig (0.07 N/cm2) for every 3°F (1.7°C) fall.
Correct for barometric changes. If the barometric pressure

decreased subtract 0.1 psig (0.07 N/cm2) to the final gage
reading for every 0.2 In. (50.8 mm) of mercury decrease. If the
barometric pressure increased add 0.1 psig (0.07 N/cm2) to
the final gage reading for every 0.2 In. (50.8 mm) of mercury
increase.
(h). If the corrected pressure has fallen below specified limits in
Figure 104, reinflate the slide to 2.5 psig (1.72 N/cm2). Check
for relief valve, aspirator, and inflate/deflate valve leakage per
Paragraphs 3.D, 3.E, 3.F, and 3.G. Check for inflatable leaks
by swabbing the tubes with leak test solution (Table 101) using
a soft brush, or cloth.
Page 112
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
2.5
INFLATABLE PRESSURE, PSIG
2.0
1.5
1.0
0 2 4 6 8 10 12
TIME ON TEST, HOURS
MINIMUM ALLOWABLE SLIDE PRESSURE

VERSUS TEST DURATION
FIGURE 104
Page 113
25-60-34 9 Mar 2005
D29835 22D22900
D. Relief Valve Leakage Test (19C18191) (Figure 105)

(Pre S.B. 103-25-39)
(1). Apply leak test solution (Table 101) by brushing at location where
the mounting patch fabric is clamped between the clamp plate
and the valve body. If bubbling occurs at this location (indicating
a leak), tighten the relief valve screws (Table 801).
(2). Pour clean water in the relief valve openings and slowly increase
and decrease slide pressure.
(3). The valve should open at 2.60 psig (1.79 N/cm2) plus 0.30 psig
(0.21 N/cm2) minus 0.0 psig (0.0 N/cm2) and close at 2.60 psig
(1.79 N/cm2) plus 0.20 psig (0.14 N/cm2) minus 0.10 psig (0.07 N/
cm2).
(4). If the valve does not operate within the above limits, replace the
complete assembly, see Repair section. Adjustment or replace-
ment of individual components on the valve is not recommended.
RELIEF VALVE
MOUNTING PATCH
SYSTEM TUBE FABRIC

BRUSH
LEAK TEST SOLUTION
RELIEF VALVE LEAKAGE TEST

(PRE S.B. 103-25-39)
FIGURE 105
Page 114
25-60-34 9 Mar 2005
D29835 22D22900
E. Relief Valve Leakage Test (64154) (Figure 106) (Post S.B. 103-25-39)
(1). Apply leak test solution (Table 101) by brushing around the relief
valve sealing area and the opening and closing portion of the
relief valve.
(2). If bubbling occurs (indicating a leak) at the sealing area, tighten
relief valve per Table 801.
(3). If bubbling continues, remove relief valve and replace gasket
(405, IPL Figure 1; 295, IPL Figure 1A) and/or replace relief
valve.
(4). If bubbling occurs at opening and closing area, replace relief
valve.
(5). The relief valve should open at 3.2 psig (2.2 N/cm2) maximum
and close at 2.4 psig (1.7 N/cm2) minimum.
NOTE: If the relief valve does not operate within limits, replace.
OPENING AND CLOSING

AREA
RELIEF VALVE
SEALING AREA FLANGE
RELIEF VALVE LEAKAGE TEST

(POST S.B. 103-25-39)
FIGURE 106
Page 115
25-60-34 9 Mar 2005
D29835 22D22900
F. Aspirator Leakage Test (Figure 107)

(1). Apply leak test solution (Table 101) with a brush at the sealing
flange.
(2). Check the joint between the inlet housing and the sealing flange.
(3). If bubbling occurs at the sealing flange (indicating a leak), tighten
worm drive clamp screw (Table 801).
NOTE: If leakage is detected, replace the aspirator.
(4). Apply the leak test solution (Table 101) with a brush to the flapper
valve seat area of the ambient air inlet. If bubbling occurs (indi-
cating a leak), replace the aspirator.
CAUTION: WHEN DRYING PARTS WITH COMPRESSED AIR JET,
AVOID DIRECTING AIR ONTO THE FLAPPER VALVES
SINCE THE VALVES MAY UNSEAT, CAUSING SLIDE
PRESSURE TO DROP.
(5). Dry parts using compressed air.
BRUSH
SEALING
LEAK TEST SOLUTION FLANGE
ASPIRATOR WORM DRIVE

CLAMP SCREW
FLAPPER
VALVE SEAT
BRUSH
LEAK TEST
SOLUTION
ASPIRATOR LEAKAGE TEST

FIGURE 107
Page 116
25-60-34 9 Mar 2005
D29835 22D22900
G. Inflate/Deflate Valve Leakage Test (Figure 108)

(1). Apply leak test solution (Table 101) with brush at mounting patch
attachment and around grip.
(a). If leakage is due to grip or rubber washer failure, individual
components of valve may be used as replacement.
(b). If leakage occurs at mounting patch or base, call/consult Air
Cruisers Company for repair.
MOUNTING
PATCH
GRIP
RUBBER
OPEN WASHER
(MS22054-7)
CLOSED
SLIDE TUBE
FABRIC
LEAK TEST
BRUSH SOLUTION
INFLATE/DEFLATE VALVE LEAKAGE TEST

FIGURE 108
Page 117
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
H. Hose Integrity Verification

(1). Perform a hose integrity test 3 years coincident with system level
maintenance.
NOTE: The recommended hydrostatic test and inspection schedule is
up to and including 15 years of age, test every three years.
After 15 years of age, test annually.
(2). Perform a hydrostatic test at 900 psig (620 N/cm2) (for 22D22900
Slide Assembly only) and 3000 psig (2067 N/cm2) (for D29835
Slide Assembly only) a time period of three to five minutes.
Replace the hose if evidence of permanent distortion or leakage
is observed.
I. Light System Test (TU-12 Test Unit) (Figure 109)

NOTE: The light system can be checked during the slide leakage test.
NOTE: The TU-12 test unit is no longer available from DME Corpora-
tion. TU-14 is available as a higher reliability replacement test
unit. See Paragraph J for TU-14 Light System Test.
(1). Check the power unit expiration date. Replace if expiration date is
sooner than next scheduled maintenance date.
(2). Check that all electrical connections between the lamp harness,
power unit, and test set are properly connected, and that pin on
light activating lanyard is installed in power unit.
(3). Set load selector knob to B for C15094-107, and to C for C15097-
507 and C15097-509 (Figure 109).
(4). Install the four pin test connector from the power unit in test
receptacle.
(5). Move TU-12 arm switch to “arm” position.
(6). Depress TU-12 activate push button to activate test unit.
(7). Depress Battery-Test Button for 3-4 seconds and release.
Record end voltage appearing on voltmeter. Voltage must be 8.7
for C15094-107 and C15097-507, and 9.4 for C15097-509.
Page 118
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
(8). Depress the Lamp-Test Button until the ampere reading on

ammeter is stabilized. Release the test button; the ampere read-
ing must be as follows:
AIR CRUISERS
SLIDE
COMPANY TU-12
ASSEMBLY
LAMP HARNESS AMPERE RANGE
PART NUMBER
PART NUMBER
D29835-Series C15093-18 or .834-1.135 amperes

62895-18 .843-1.135 amperes
22D22900-Series C15093-20 or .435-.561 amperes
62845-20
(9). If this is a Post-pack test, verify that the reading is within .030
amperes of the Pre-pack readings.
NOTE: An ammeter reading below the acceptable amperage range or
a Post-pack ammeter reading differing from the Pre-pack read-
ing by greater than .030 amperes indicates a possible broken
or burned out lamp in the THS lamp harness.
An ammeter reading that is higher than the acceptable amper-
age range indicates the possibility of a short circuit.
To replace a lamp or entire lamp harness see Repair section.
NOTE: If lamps do not light, replace power unit.
CAUTION: ENSURE PIN IS RE-INSTALLED IMMEDIATELY OR
POWER UNIT WILL BE UNNECESSARILY DIS-
CHARGED.
Page 119
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
LAMP HARNESS
FOUR
PIN
SWITCH
TEST
PIN/LANYARD
POWER UNIT CONNECTOR
LAMP HARNESS
TEST BUTTON
POWER UNIT TEST
TEST BUTTON JACKS
VOLTMETER
TEST CONNECTORS
VOLTMETER
POWER UNIT
PUSH TO TEST TEST
POWER UNIT ONLY
TEST
RECEPTACLE
PUSH TO TEST POWER UNIT
LAMP AMD
HARNESS LAMP TEST
AMMETER
PUSH TO TEST TS-10
TS-10 PROCEDURE
AMMETER D PROCEDURE ONLY
C
E
OFF ARM
MODEL TU-12
B F TEST UNIT
A
LOAD SELECTOR ACTIVATE
TU-12 TEST UNIT

FIGURE 109
Page 120
25-60-34 9 Mar 2005
D29835 22D22900
J. Light System Test (TU-14 Test Unit) (Figures 110 and 111)
NOTE: Prior to packing, perform a visual check to verify that each
lamp is operating; “pre-pack” amperage (current) readings are
compared to readings taken “post-pack” to ensure that all
lamps are operating.
(1). Check the power unit expiration date. Replace if the expiration
date is sooner than the next scheduled maintenance date.
(2). Check the condition of the TU-14 internal rechargeable battery as
follows:
(a). Press the ON/OFF power switch S1and release when the ON
indicator LED illuminates. See the chart below for battery sta-
tus LED indicator light indications.
TU-14 BATTERY STATUS LIGHTS INDICATION
No battery status, all OK for test;

LED’s are illuminated Battery charge is OK
YELLOW ON (Flashing) Rechargeable battery pack has reached
its near-end-of-useful-charge at 11.2
loaded volts. Use of the TU-14 may con-
tinue for a short time.
RED ON Rechargeable battery pack has reached
its end-of useful-charge at 10.0 volts. Use
of the TU-14 should be discontinued until
the battery pack is recharged. TU-14
readings obtained while this LED is illumi-
nated are unreliable.
GREEN ON Internal battery charging is in progress.
NOTE: The TU-14 internal rechargeable battery pack is charged at a

120mA rate when the TU-14 is connected, via the TU-14 115
VAC line cord, to a 115 VAC source. Charging is indicated by
the illumination of the CHARGING (green) LED.
The TU-14 rechargeable battery pack should return to full
charge within approximately sixteen hours of charging.
Page 121
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
NOTE: To prevent damage to the connectors/cables when connecting

and disconnecting the test or extension cables, grasp the con-
nector body instead of pulling on the cable wire.
(3). Connect the four-pin test connector from the power unit to the four-
pin test receptacle J3 on the front panel. An extension cable, avail-
able from DME Corporation, may be utilized.
(4). Rotate the Load selector switch S6 to Load Selector B for C15094-
107 and Load Selector C for C15097-507 and C15097-509.
(5). Press and hold the BAS load test switch S5.
(6). After a three second stabilization period, verify the voltmeter read-
ing is at or above the minimum specified reading of 8.7 for
C15094-107 and C15097-507, and 9.4 for C15097-509.
(7). Release the BAS load test switch S5.
(8). Press and hold the Lamp Harness test switch S4.
(a). For a pre-pack test, allow three seconds for stabilization and
record the TU-14 ammeter reading. Verify that all lamps are illu-
minated. The acceptable amperage range is shown below.
AIR CRUISERS
SLIDE
COMPANY TU-14
ASSEMBLY
PART NUMBER
PART NUMBER

62895-18 .902-1.163 amperes
62845-20
(b). For a post-pack reading, verify that the ammeter reading is

within +/- .030 amperes of the pre-pack reading.
NOTE: A post-pack reading which falls beyond the above range indi-
cates the possibility of a system short, and/or a broken or defec-
tive lamp.
NOTE: To replace an individual lamp or an entire lamp harness, refer to
the Repair section of the respective Air Cruisers Component
Maintenance Manual.
(9). Release Lamp Harness test switch S4. Test is complete.
Page 122
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
YELLOW TU-14 BATTERY
NEEDS
CHARGE
GREEN
CHARGING
RED
LOW
WARNING-SHOCK HAZARD
UNPLUG POWER CORD BEFORE
SERVICING INSIDE UNIT
CORPORATION
FORT LAUDERDALE
J4 FLORIDA
J-1 E-1 E-2 J-3
115 VAC
MODEL TU-14 TU-14 BATTERY
TEST SET NEEDS
FUSE CHARGE
1 AMP
CHARGING
C D
LOW
S-6
B
E VOLTMETER AMMETER
VOLTS AMPS ON
A F S-5 S-2 S-4 S-3 S-1
LOAD BAS LAMP TS-10 POWER

LOAD HARNESS PROCEDURE
BATTERY TEST TEST
TU-14 TEST UNIT

FIGURE 110
Page 123
25-60-34 9 Mar 2005
D29835 22D22900
LAMP HARNESS
LAMP HARNESS
CONNECTORS
POWER UNIT
CONNECTORS
SWITCH PIN/LANYARD FOUR PIN TEST

POWER UNIT CONNECTOR
TEST RECEPTACLE
CORPORATION
FORT LAUDERDALE
J4 FLORIDA
J-1 E-1 E-2 J-3
115 VAC
TEST SET NEEDS
FUSE CHARGE
1 AMP
CHARGING
C D
LOW
S-6
B
E VOLTMETER AMMETER
VOLTS AMPS ON
A F S-5 S-2 S-4 S-3 S-1

BATTERY TEST TEST
LAMP HARNESS
LOAD SELECTOR BAS LOAD TEST SWITCH
SWITCH TEST SWITCH
TU-14 TEST UNIT

FIGURE 111
Page 124
25-60-34 9 Mar 2005
D29835 22D22900
K. Light System Test using the TS-420 Test Set (Figures 112 and 113)
NOTE: Prior to packing, perform a visual check to verify that each
lamp is operating; “pre-pack” amperage (current) readings are
compared to readings taken “post-pack” to ensure that all
lamps are operating.
(1). Check the power unit expiration date. Replace if the expiration
date is sooner than the next scheduled maintenance date.
(2). Check the condition of the TS-420 internal rechargeable battery
as follows:
(a). Place the mode selector switch into the AMMETER position.
(b). Push the PRESS TO TEST button. Observe the SELF TEST
and LOW BATT indicators for the following indications:
SELF TEST BATTERY STATUS

INDICATION
INDICATOR INDICATOR
GREEN OFF OK for test; battery charge is OK.

GREEN YELLOW OK for test; battery is getting low.
Recharge soon.
RED YELLOW Do not use for test; battery is low.
Recharge immediately.
RED or OFF OFF Do not use for test; unit is inopera-
tive. Return for service.
NOTE: The TS-420 internal rechargeable battery pack is charged at a

200mA nominal rate when the TS-420 is connected, via its
accessory 115VAC source (a 220VAC wall adapter is also
available). A charging indicator light is not provided. Full
charge of a completely depleted battery requires approxi-
mately eight hours. The TS-420 test set has overcharge pro-
tection and may be left on charge for extended periods;
although this is not recommended.
NOTE: To prevent damage to the connectors/cables when connecting
and disconnecting the test or extension cables, grasp the con-
nector body instead of pulling on the cable wire.
Page 125
25-60-34 9 Mar 2005
D29835 22D22900
(3). Connect the four-pin test connector from the power unit to the
four-pin test receptacle on the TS-420 test unit connector block.
An extension cable, available from BaseWest Incorporated, may
be utilized.
(4). Place the Mode Selector rocker switch into the VOLTMETER
position.
(5). Set the Load Selector rotary switch to Load Selector B for
C15094-107, and Load Selector C for C15097-507 and C15097-
509.
(6). Press and hold the PRESS TO TEST button.
(7). After a three second stabilization period, verify the voltmeter
reading is at or above the minimum specified reading of 8.7 volts
for C15094-107 and C15097-507, and 9.4 volts for C15097-509.
(8). Release the PRESS TO TEST button.
(9). Shift the Mode Selector rocker switch to the AMMETER position
for pre-and post-pack testing of the lamp harness amperage.
(10). Press the PRESS TO TEST button firmly and release. The unit
will remain ON for about 20 seconds, allowing ample time to ver-
ify that all lamps illuminate.
(11). After a three second stabilization period, record the ammeter
reading. The acceptable amperage range is shown below.
AIR CRUISERS
SLIDE
COMPANY
ASSEMBLY
PART NUMBER
PART NUMBER

62895-18 .902-1.163 amperes
62845-20
Page 126
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
(12). Verify that the post pack ammeter reading is within +/- .030
amperes of the pre-pack reading.
(13). Test is complete
NOTE: A post-pack reading which falls beyond the above range indi-
cates the possibility of a system short, and/or a broken or
defective lamp.
NOTE: To replace an individual lamp or an entire lamp harness refer
to the Repair section of the respective Air Cruisers Company
maintenance manual.
Page 127
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
CONNECTOR BLOCK (VIEW A-A, SEE FIGURE 113)
A A
LCD METER
AC CHARGER
RECEPTACLE
SELF TEST LOW BATT
(5VDC POWER SUPPLY) (INTERNAL BATTERY)
SELF TEST
INDICATOR
BASEWEST
BATTERY
(GREEN/RED LIGHT) STATUS
TS-420 TEST SET
Escape Slide Lighting Systems INDICATOR
(YELLOW LIGHT)
Digital Voltmeter/Ammeter
with 5VDC Power Supply
MODE
SELECTOR
SWITCH LOAD
(VOLTMETER/ VOLTMETER SELECTOR
C D
AMMETER) B SWITCH
A E
NO F
LOAD
AMMETER PRESS TO TEST LOAD SELECTOR
PRESS TO TEST BUTTON
TS-420 TEST UNIT

FIGURE 112
Page 128
25-60-34 9 Mar 2005
D29835 22D22900
VIEW A-A : CONNECTOR BLOCK
AMMETER SYSTEM VOLTMETER

TEST
(+) (-) (+) (-)
FOUR-CONTACT
RECEPTACLE
TS-420 TEST UNIT

FIGURE 113
Page 129
25-60-34 9 Mar 2005
D29835 22D22900
L. Pull Handle Assembly Luminous Test

NOTE: Pull handles part number B17529 incorporating self luminous
pull signs only.
Test the self-luminous manual inflation pull handle for brightness at
each maintenance check. Luminosity exhibited should be above 100
Microlambert when measured as follows:
(1). Comparator Test
(a). Dark adapt the luminous handle for 30 minutes to reduce
phosphorescence effect.
(b). Insert handle into a fixture containing a second luminous han-
dle at minimum brightness (100 Microlambert) and visually
compare with a calibrated standard (Table 101).
NOTE: The dark adapted human eye can easily discern a 5 microlam-
bert difference when used with a calibrated standard.
NOTE: If calibrated standard is not available, assure handle remains
luminous and visible in darkened conditions.
Page 130
25-60-34 9 Mar 2005
D29835 22D22900
4. Testing of Reservoir and Valve Assembly
A. A valve assembly pull force test must be performed after each system
deployment and prior to return to service.
B. A reservoir and valve/regulator assembly leakage test must be per-
formed each time the assembly is recharged. Leakage test can be per-
formed in conjunction with pull force test sequence.
C. Reservoir Requalification and Service Life Requirements
(1). A hydrostatic test must be conducted per the requirements of the
U. S. DOT exemption or specification.
(2). Service Life is per the requirements of the U.S. DOT exemption or
specification.
(3). See Check section, Table 510.
D. Valve Assembly Pull Force Test
(1). See Assembly section
E. Valve Assembly Leakage Test
F. Valve Assembly Calibration Check
NOTE: A valve assembly calibration check must be performed each
time the regulator section of the valve is disassembled.
Page 131
25-60-34 9 Mar 2005
D29835 22D22900
G. Hydrostatic Test Procedure

NOTE: Refer to 49 CFR 180.201 through 180.215 Qualification, main-
tenance, and use of reservoirs, the applicable DOT exemption
or specification as identified on the reservoir and the Check
section for hydrostatic testing and visual checking acceptable
criteria.
(1). Perform visual inspection per applicable DOT/CGA guidelines.
(2). Record reservoir information, DOT numbers on hydrostatic data
sheet (Figure 114).
WARNING: RESERVOIR MUST BE WRAPPED WITH NEOPRENE
STRAP (TABLE 101) PRIOR TO CLAMPING IN VISE.
(3). Immobilize the reservoir in a vise, chain link type (Table 101).
CAUTION: USE ONLY CLEAN WATER TO HYDROSTATICALLY
TEST THE RESERVOIR.
(4). Fill reservoir to the top with clean water.
(5). Purge the reservoir to remove entrapped air.
(6). Install adapter (Table 101) and O-ring (Table 101) into the reser-
voir.
(7). Remove the reservoir from the chain vise.
(8). Install the reservoir in hydrostatic test unit (Figure 115).
(9). Slowly close and clamp the lid on the hydrostatic test unit, do not
trap air by slamming, and clamp the lid shut.
(10). “Top off” water level in reservoir until all the air bubbles in the res-
ervoir are released.
(11). “Top off” water level in the hydrostatic test unit until a bubble-free
clear flow is observed.
CAUTION: WATER LEVEL IN BURETTE MUST BE STABLE PRIOR
TO PRESSURIZING THE RESERVOIR.
(12). Stabilize water level in burette.
(13). Slowly apply pre-test pressure to stabilize the reservoir and test
equipment. The pre-test pressure shall be in accordance with the
specific reservoir exemption. If one is not prescribed, the value
shall be 85-90% of the test pressure.
Page 132
25-60-34 9 Mar 2005
D29835 22D22900
(14). Assure the system is leak free, release the pressure and re-zero
the burette.
CAUTION: WATER LEVEL IS BURETTE MUST BE STABLE PRIOR
TO PRESSURIZING THE RESERVOIR.
NOTE: Refer to reservoir DOT specification or exemption for test pres-
sure requirement.
(15). Slowly apply hydrostatic pressure to the reservoir UNTIL TEST
PRESSURE IS REACHED.
(16). Maintain hydrostatic pressure per the applicable DOT exemption
or specification as identified on the reservoir.
(17). Turn off hydrostatic test unit, and open the toggle valve located in
the pressure line to bleed off the hydrostatic pressure from the
reservoir.
NOTE: Composite reservoirs compared with steel reservoirs require
more time to return to shape after removal of pressure.
(18). Wait 60 seconds minimum or longer for water level in the burette
to stabilize, then read and record permanent expansion. (For
composite reservoirs, hold time at zero pressure may be
extended (6) six minutes or longer, to allow for complete contrac-
tion.)
NOTE: When using computer controlled test equipment make sure
that the 60 second minimum wait period is entered into the
software. Failure to do so may result in a false permanent
expansion reading, because composite reservoirs do not
immediately return to their original shape like metal reservoirs.
(19). Record permanent reservoir expansion.
(20). Calculate and record elastic expansion. Record marked REE if
applicable.
(21). Calculate and record the percent permanent expansion.
(22). Maximum expansion (permanent and/or elastic as applicable)
shall not exceed the requirements specified in the applicable DOT
exemption or specification as identified on the reservoir. See
Check section.
Page 133
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
(23). Accept or condemn reservoir as applicable.

CAUTION: ENSURE THAT ALL MOISTURE IS REMOVED FROM
THE RESERVOIR.
(24). Remove excess moisture from the reservoir with compressed air.
(25). Place the reservoir valve end, open end, face down in an environ-
ment of 125°F ± 5°F (52°C ± 3°C) for a time period of 30 minutes
minimum.
WARNING: FOR 3HT STAMPING ON SIDEWALL IS NOT PERMIT-
TED.
(26). Mark reservoir according to their applicable DOT exemption or
specification. When none apply, reference CGA pamphlets for
marking month and year of re-test.
Page 134
25-60-34 9 Mar 2005
D29835 22D22900
HYDROSTATIC TEST DATA SHEET

FIGURE 114
Page 135
25-60-34 9 Mar 2005
D29835 22D22900
NO. DESCRIPTION NO. DESCRIPTION

1 WATER VALVE TO HYDRAU- 18 HYDROSTATIC TEST UNIT
LIC PUMP (H. P.)
2 TEST TANK CONTROL 19 MAIN WATER SUPPLY
VALVE
3 BURETTE MANIFOLD VENT 20 RELIEF VALVE
VALVE
4 H. P. DETACH CONNECTION 21 HYDRAULIC PUMP (H. P.)
5 HYDROSTATIC AIR VENT 22 H. P. AIR SNUBBER
VALVE
6 H. P. RESERVOIR AIR VENT 23 PUMP INLET CHECK VALVE
VALVE
7 HYDRAULIC PUMP SWITCH 24 PUMP OUTLET CHECK
VALVE
8 ADAPTER 25 WATER STRAINER
9 RUPTURE DISK 26 SWING BOLTS/WING NUTS
10 TEST BURETTES 27 BURETTE LEVELER
11 ZERO ADJUST 28 N/A
12 BURETTES MANIFOLD 29 LID
13 PRESSURE INDICATING 30 FLEXIBLE TUBING
GAUGE
14 BURETTES SHUT OFF 31 EYE BOLT
VALVE
15 N/A 32 ELECTRIC HOIST
16 CLOCK 33 FRAME AND TEST TABLE
17 RESERVOIR 34 WASTE DRAIN
HYDROSTATIC TEST UNIT

TABLE 102
Page 136
25-60-34 9 Mar 2005
D29835 22D22900
25
23
33
22
16
21
19
24
20
13
27
12
14
10
3
11
30
4
32
29
34
17
31
8 6
5
18
9
26
HYDROSTATIC TEST UNIT

FIGURE 115
Page 137
25-60-34 9 Mar 2005
D29835 22D22900
5. Fault Isolation
A. Refer to Table 103 for the fault, most probable cause, and remedy. The
faulty component is determined by isolating the fault to a particular
assembly, and then to the defective part.
FAULT PROBABLE CAUSE REMEDY
Slide Assembly will not Aspirator flapper valve Replace aspirator. See Assem-
maintain pressure. not closing properly. bly section.
Leaking at aspirator Tighten worm drive clamp
mounting flange. screw, replace if stripped. See
Assembly section.
Hole in fabric. Repair hole. See Repair section.
Leaking relief valve. Tighten mounting screws per
(19C18191 valves) Table 801, or see Repair section
for replacement.
Leaking relief valve. Tighten per Table 801; replace
(64154 valves) gasket. See Assembly and
Disassembly sections.
Leaking inflate/deflate Tighten valve or replace grip or
valve. rubber washer. See
Assembly section.
Tear in fabric. Repair tear. See Repair section.
Open seam. Repair seam. See Repair sec-
tion.
FAULT ISOLATION
Page 138
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
Slide inflates too slowly. Intermediate restraints See Folding Procedure P-11705
not properly installed. or P-11719 for proper rigging.
Improper gas flow to Check for proper rigging. Check
slide. for proper valve/regulator set-
ting.
Loose hose connec- Check O-ring, and back-up ring
tions. condition and hose connection
torque (Table 801). See Assem-
bly section.
Fabric/foreign object Improper folding. See Folding
ingestion. Procedure P-11705 or P-11719.
Slide will not inflate. Inflation cable not Route cable. See Folding Proce-
properly routed or con- dures, P-11705 or P-11719.
nected.
Inflation assembly not Arm inflation assembly. See
armed. Assembly section.
Inflation assembly not Determine reason. See Check
charged. and Testing sections. Charge
inflation assembly. See Assem-
bly section.
Hose assembly not Install hose. See Assembly sec-
connected to aspirator tion.
and/or valve assembly.
Excessive force Valve release cable See Assembly section.
required to pull valve restricted (improper
release cable. rigging). Damaged or
incorrectly assembled
valve/regulator assem-
bly.
FAULT ISOLATION
Page 139
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
Inoperative lighting sys- Defective harness Replace applicable

tem. assembly or connec- harness per Repair section.
tions (all lamps out). Retest per Testing section.
Poor harness wire con- Replace applicable
nections to power unit. harness per Repair section.
Retest per Testing section.
Defective power unit. Replace and retest per Testing
section.
Broken or defective Repair individual lamp. See
lamp. Repair section.
Light actuating lanyard Attach per Folding
not rigged properly. Procedures, P-11705 or P-
11719.
FAULT ISOLATION
Page 140
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
TABLE OF CONTENTS
DISASSEMBLY
Page
1. Disassembly Tools 302
2. General Information 304
3. Remove Slide Assembly from Container 304
4. Remove Reservoir and Valve Assembly 306
5. Aspirator Disassembly 306
6. Detachable Girt Disassembly 307
7. Relief Valve Removal (P/N 64154-5) 308
8. Reservoir and Valve Disassembly 309
9. Disassemble Valve Assembly (P/N D18259) 310
10. Disassemble Valve Assembly (P/N D29517) 313
11. Disassemble Valve/Regulator Assembly (P/N D18294) 317
Page 301
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
1. Disassembly Tools (Table 301)

request.

Adapter -Torque Wrench 1 Air Cruisers Co. Used with breaker bar
(Bottle Fitting to V70167 to disengage valve
Reservoir) from reservoir.
B19586-3
Available or and valve assembly
Air Cruisers Co. during assembly/over-
P/N 65455-101 haul/maintenance/
testing.
Neoprene Strap 1 Commercially Protects reservoir
28 x 4 x 1/8 In. Available while immobilized in
(711.2 x 101.6 x 3.2 mm) vise.
Safety Plug 1 Commercially Seals valve outlet port
(Valve Outlet Port) Available to prohibit leakage,
AN814-10 or AS5169-10 damage, and contami-
nation.
Safety Cap 1 Commercially Seals valve outlet port
AN929-8 damage, and contami-
nation.
Tool - Filler Valve 1 Air Cruisers Co. Opens filler valve.
Unseating V70167
B19286-1
DISASSEMBLY TOOLS
Page 302
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900

Socket - Rupture Disc 1 Air Cruisers Co. Installs/removes rup-
60586-1 V70167 ture/burst disk.
Socket - Fusible Plug 1 Air Cruisers Co. Installs/removes fus-
60593-1 V70167 ible/thermal plug.
Tool - Removal/Installa- 1 Mirada Research & Installs/removes
tion, and Handle Mfg. Co. inflate/deflate and
B51025 and A51280 V08407 relief valves.
DISASSEMBLY TOOLS
Page 303
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
A. Decision to disassemble generally should be based on presence of

leaks, visible damage, or functional discrepancies discovered in perfor-
mance of procedures outlined in Check or Testing and Fault Isolation
sections. Disassemble only to the extent necessary to complete local
repair or replacement. Complete disassembly of all components cov-
ered in this section is neither necessary nor recommended.
B. When disassembly is necessary, replace all removed O-rings and gas-
kets. Replacement of other items should be guided by sound examina-
tion criteria, see Check section.
C. The working area should be covered with clean carpeting or other suit-
able material and be free of hardware, tools, and sharp projections. Do
not stand or walk on the inflatable.
3. Remove Slide Assembly from Container (IPL Figures 1, 1A, 5, and 5A)
WARNING: EXERCISE EXTREME CARE WHEN DISCONNECTING

PULL CABLE FROM PACKED SYSTEMS, SINCE THE
INFLATION ASSEMBLY IS ARMED AND CHARGED. DO
NOT KNEEL ON GIRT BEFORE CABLE IS DISCON-
NECTED.
WARNING: VERIFY THAT VALVE LOCK PIN IS INSTALLED INTO
THE VALVE PULLEY HOUSING TO DISARM THE RES-
ERVOIR AND VALVE/REGULATOR ASSEMBLY.
A. Before opening container assembly, separate the valve release cable
(80A, IPL Figure 3; 50A, IPL Figure 6) from the pull handle assembly
(96, IPL Figure 1; 56, IPL Figure 1A; 138, 140B, IPL Figure 5; 125, IPL
Figure 5A) located on the detachable girt at quick disconnect fitting.
NOTE: It is important that the quick disconnect fitting remain with the
pull handle assembly to prevent tensioning on the valve
release assembly.
B. Insert the ball end of the valve release cable through the grommet in
the detachable girt assembly. On 22D22900-101 and 22D22900-141
systems, remove parachute pin from container closure loop.
C. Separate the container closures (Velcro), open the container and
unfold the unrestrained section of the slide. Coil valve release cable
around neck of reservoir and secure in place with tape to prevent inad-
vertent discharge.
Page 304
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
D. Remove hose (70A, IPL Figure 1; 30A, IPL Figure 1A; 30B, IPL Figure
5; 20B, IPL Figure 5A) at valve assembly outlet port, and substitute
outlet port plug (Table 301). Tighten per Table 801. Remove hose from
aspirators (330A, IPL Figure 1; 220A, IPL Figure 1A; 320A, IPL Figure
5; 300A, IPL Figure 5A). Install suitable plugs on hose fittings to pre-
vent foreign objects from entering.
E. Unsnap the light activating lanyard assembly (485, IPL Figure 1; 455,
IPL Figure 5) from the slide and disengage the slide assembly rail posi-
tioners (370A, 380A, 375B, 385B, IPL Figure 1; 260B, 270B, IPL Fig-
ure 1A; 350A, 360A, IPL Figure 5) and tab and clasp (350A, 355A IPL
Figure 1; 240A, IPL Figure 1A; 340A, IPL Figure 5; 320A, IPL Figure
5A) assemblies. Unfold remaining slide folds and lay slide out flat on
floor.
NOTE: Do not remove the light activating lanyard assembly pin from
the power unit at this time.
Page 305
25-60-34 9 Mar 2005
D29835 22D22900
4. Remove Reservoir and Valve Assembly
CAUTION: EXERCISE EXTREME CARE NOT TO DISTURB VALVE

RELEASE CABLE TAPED TO RESERVOIR WHEN
VALVE IS ARMED AND RESERVOIR CHARGED.
A. Ensure that outlet port plug (Table 301) is installed in the valve outlet
port.
B. Unsnap the restraining strap and remove the reservoir and valve
assembly from the sling assembly (300A, 305A, IPL Figure 1; 190A,
IPL Figure 1A; 290A, 290B, IPL Figure 5; 270A, IPL Figure 5A).
5. Aspirator Disassembly
NOTE: The aspirators are permanently assembled components.

Replace aspirators when repair is necessary.
A. Remove all tape from worm drive clamp (340A, IPL Figure 1; 230A, IPL
Figure 1A; 330A, IPL Figure 5; 310A,IPL Figure 5A).
B. Unscrew worm drive clamp screw and remove from aspirator mounting
flange.
C. Carefully remove aspirator assembly (330A, IPL Figure 1; 220A, IPL
Figure 1A; 320A, IPL Figure 5; 300A, IPL Figure 5A) from mounting blis-
ter making sure not to damage the sealing flange.
Page 306
25-60-34 9 Mar 2005
D29835 22D22900
6. Detachable Girt Disassembly
A. Fold back the girt release pull cable cover flap secured by hook and
pile fasteners to expose the girt release cable assembly (190A, IPL
Figure 1; 100A, IPL Figure 1A; 190A, IPL Figure 5; 170A, 170B, IPL
Figure 5A).
B. Disconnect the detachable girt assembly from the slide assembly by
pulling the girt release pull handle free from the cord loops.
NOTE: If slide assembly is not inflated or is at low pressure, the girt
loops at the upper and lower attachment must be loosened to
aid the release.
Page 307
25-60-34 9 Mar 2005
D29835 22D22900
7. Relief Valve Removal (P/N 64154-5) (Figure 301) (Post S.B. 103-25-39)
A. Unscrew relief valve (400B, IPL Figure 1; 290B, IPL Figure 1A) from
the valve flange using removal/installation tool (Table 301).
RELIEF VALVE
VALVE FLANGE
RELIEF VALVE REMOVAL

(POST S.B. 103-25-39)
FIGURE 301
Page 308
25-60-34 9 Mar 2005
D29835 22D22900
8. Reservoir and Valve Disassembly
WARNING: EXERCISE EXTREME CARE WHEN HANDLING THE

INFLATION SYSTEM, SINCE THE INFLATION ASSEM-
BLY IS ARMED AND CHARGED.
WARNING: WHEN HOSE IS DISCONNECTED FROM VALVE
ASSEMBLY INSTALL SAFETY PLUG IN VALVE OUTLET
PORT.
NOTE: If reservoir was discharged during a functional test of the evac-
uation system proceed to 8.F.
WARNING: ENSURE ALL PERSONNEL AND LOOSE OBJECTS
ARE OUT OF RANGE OF THE DISCHARGING GAS.
A. Install plug with O-ring (40A, IPL Figure 5, 30A, IPL Figure 5A ) in valve
outlet port, torque per Table 801.
B. Wrap reservoir with neoprene strap (Table 301).
C. Immobilize the reservoir in a vise, chain link type (Table 301).
D. Remove the high pressure cap from the end of the filler valve.
E. Thread filler valve unseating tool (Table 301) onto the filler valve
(110C, IPL Figure 4; 105A, IPL Figure 7; 200B, IPL Figure 8) and turn
in a clockwise direction until total gas discharge is achieved.
F. Check the gage pressure reading and the filler valve for residual vapor
discharge before continuing.
G. Pull the valve release cable (80A, IPL Figure 3; 50A, IPL Figure 6) from
within the valve pulley housing.
NOTE: If disassembly of the valve assembly is to follow, loosen, but
do not remove, all external fittings.
H. Remove the valve assembly from the reservoir using a torque wrench
adapter with a 1/2 In. drive breaker bar. Discard
O-ring (46, IPL Figure 3; 20A, IPL Figure 6).
Page 309
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
9. Disassemble Valve Assembly (P/N D18259) (IPL Figure 4)
A. Using a small screwdriver, remove the retaining ring (10A) that secures
the cover plate (30A) to the valve body (350A). Lift the cover plate from
the valve body.
B. Remove pulley bearing (40A) from top of the pulley (50A). Lift the pul-
ley from the valve body (350A). Remove detent pin (70A) and spring
(60A) from the pulley. Remove coupling pin (80A) and discard it.
C. Using a 1 inch box wrench, remove the rupture disc (90A) from the
valve body (350A). Remove O-ring (100A) from the rupture disc.
D. Remove filler valve (110C) with cap from the valve body (350A) and O-
ring (100A) from filler valve.
E. Remove bottle fitting (140A) from valve body (350A). Remove pipe
(130A) from bottle fitting (140A). Remove spring (150A), ball guide
(160A), flow ball (170A) and flow ball seat (380A) from valve body.
F. Using a 7/8 In. open-end wrench, remove outlet bolt (190A) from outlet
swivel (200A). Remove outlet fitting (220A) from the valve body
(350A). Remove O-ring (210A).
G. Remove gage protector cover (90, IPL Figure 3). Using a hex key,
remove setscrews (230A) from the gage protector shell (240B) then
remove shell from swivel adapter (280A). Remove the pressure gage
(70A, IPL Figure 3) from the swivel adapter (280A). Using a 3/4 In.
open-end wrench remove adapter screw (260A) from the swivel
adapter. Remove gage swivel adapter (280A) from the valve body
(350A).
H. Using a small fiber drift at the pulley end, gently push shaft (300A),
including backup ring (340B), O-ring (330A), two shaft shims (310A)
and shaft bearing (320A) downward to disengage from the valve body.
Page 310
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
RETAINING RING
BUSHING BEARING
COVER PLATE
COUPLING PIN PULLEY BEARING
PULLEY
PIPE BOTTLE HELICAL
SPRING
FITTING
O-RING DETENT SPRING
PULLEY BEARING
VALVE BODY DETENT STOP PIN
BALL 0-RING RUPTURE DISC
GUIDE
OUTLET FITTING
FLOW BALL O-RING

BALL SEAT OUTLET
O-RING O-RING SWIVEL
O-RING
BACK-UP
RING SHIM
O-RING SHAFT
ADAPTER BEARING
SHAFT
SHIM
FILLER O-RING
VALVE
O-RING
GAGE
SWIVEL OUTLET
ADAPTER BOLT
ADAPTER
GAGE PROTECTOR RING SCREW
O-RING
GAGE PROTECTOR SHELL
SET SCREW
VALVE DISASSEMBLY
(D18259)
FIGURE 302
Page 311
25-60-34 9 Mar 2005
D29835 22D22900
Page 312
25-60-34 9 Mar 2005
D29835 22D22900
10. Disassemble Valve Assembly (P/N D29517) (IPL Figure 7)
A. Using a small screwdriver, remove the retaining ring (20) that secures
the cover plate (30) to the valve body (10A). Lift the cover plate from
the valve body.
B. Remove pulley bearing (50) from top of the pulley (60). Lift the pulley
from the valve body (10A). Remove detent pin (90) and spring (75)
from the pulley. Remove coupling pin (80) and discard it.
C. Using a 1 In. box wrench, remove the burst disc (295) from the valve
body (10A). Remove O-ring (110) from the rupture disc.
D. Remove filler valve (105A) with cap from the valve body (10A) and O-
ring (110) from filler valve.
E. Remove bottle fitting (145) from valve body (10A). Remove pipe (130)
from bottle fitting (145). Remove spring (160), ball guide (170), flow ball
(185) and flow ball seat (190) from valve body.
CAUTION: RECALIBRATION OF VALVE IS NECESSARY IF ANY
REGULATOR PARTS HAVE BEEN DISASSEMBLED.
F. Using a small fiber drift at the pulley end, gently push shaft (240),
including backup ring (250A), O-ring (260), two shaft shims (270) and
shaft bearing (280) downward to disengage from the valve body.
NOTE: Before removing adjusting plug from regulator section mea-
sure height of plug from top of regulator section to top of plug
using calipers. This measured height will be used in the
assembly of the regulator section.
CAUTION: REGULATOR SPRING (310) IS UNDER TENSION.
NOTE: Heat may be necessary to aid in the removal of the adjusting
plug (300). Apply heat to the housing at the adjusting screw
location with a heat gun or other non flaming device. The
approximate temperature necessary at the joint is 200°F to
300°F (93°C to 149°C) for a period of 5 to 10 minutes. After
exposure to heat, all “soft” goods such as O-rings and back-up
rings should be replaced.
G. Remove the adjusting plug (300) from the regulator section.
H. Remove regulator spring (310) from regulator section.
I. Push the piston (325) and O-ring (330) out of the regulator section.
Page 313
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
NOTE: It is not necessary to remove the ball seat, unless damaged.

CAUTION: DO NOT PUSH THE SHARP POINTED INSTRUMENT
THROUGH THE TEFLON BALL SEAT.
J. Visually inspect the ball seat (190) for damage. Remove, if necessary,
by using a sharp pointed instrument via the filler valve opening in the
body to pry the ball seat from the valve body.
Page 314
25-60-34 9 Mar 2005
D29835 22D22900
PULLEY
BEARING
RETAINING RING
PULLEY
COVER PLATE
PULLEY BEARING
BOTTLE FITTING
COUPLING PIN
COVER
BEARING HIGH
DETENT SPRING PRESSURE
CAP
DETENT
STOP
PIN
O-RING
FILLER
SPRING VALVE
BALL O-RING
GUIDE
FLOW
BALL
PIPE BALL SEAT VALVE BODY
BACK-UP RING
GAGE
O-RING O-RING PROTECTOR
SET SHELL
BURST SCREW
DISC SHIM
GAGE
O-RING PROTECTOR
ADAPTER
REGULATOR SHAFT
SPRING BEARING O-RING
ADJUSTING PISTON
PLUG SHIM
SET
SHAFT SCREW
SET
SCREW
VALVE DISASSEMBLY
(D29517)
FIGURE 303
Page 315
25-60-34 9 Mar 2005
D29835 22D22900
Page 316
25-60-34 9 Mar 2005
D29835 22D22900
11. Disassemble Valve/Regulator Assembly (P/N D18294) (IPL Figure 8)
A. Remove plug (Table 301) with O-ring from outlet port.

B. Use a small screw driver to spring the retaining ring, (30) from the
valve body (10).
C. Turn the valve over to allow bearing and cover plate (25) and pulley
(365) to fall free from the pulley housing valve body (10).
D. Remove bearing bushing (90), from cover plate (25).
E. Remove coupling pin (80), from pulley (365).
F. Remove the pawl (250), and pawl spring (105), from the pawl pin.
G. Remove the bottom pulley bearing (160), from the pulley housing.
H. Remove the two socket head screws (300) from the cable adapter
(265).
I. Remove the cable adapter (265), from the valve body (10).
J. Replace decal (270), as needed.
K. Remove the rupture disc (375), and O-ring (240), from the valve body
(10).
L. Remove the thermal plug (280, 280A) and O-ring (290) from the valve
body (10).
M. Remove high pressure cap (205) from end of filler valve (200B).
N. Remove the filler valve (200B) and O-ring (240) from the valve body
(10).
O. Remove shell set screws (190A) from gage protector. Remove gage
protector shell (180) from gage. Remove gage (40A, IPL Figure 6).
Remove the gage adapter fitting (170) and O-ring (110) from the valve
body (10).
P. Remove the bottle fitting (315) and O-ring (320) from the valve body.
Q. Remove the ball guide spring (140) and the ball guide (50).
R. Tilt the valve body (10) and the flow ball (70) will fall through the bottle
fitting port.
S. Push down gently on the shaft (40). The shaft (40), rings (120, 130A),
shims (150), and bearing (60) will disengage from the valve body and
fall through the gage fitting port.
Page 317
25-60-34 9 Mar 2005
D29835 22D22900
NOTE: Before removing adjusting plug from regulator section mea-

sure height of plug from top of regulator section to top of plug
using calipers. This measured height will be used in the
assembly of the regulator section.
T. Remove the adjusting plug (220) from the regulator section.
U. Remove regulator spring (210) from regulator section.
V. Push the piston (380) and O-ring (230) out of the regulator section.
NOTE: It is not necessary to remove the ball seat, unless damaged.
CAUTION: DO NOT PUSH THE SHARP POINTED INSTRUMENT
THROUGH THE TEFLON BALL SEAT.
W. Visually inspect the ball seat (390) for damage. Remove, if necessary,
by using a sharp pointed instrument via the filler valve opening in the
body to pry the ball seat from the valve body.
Page 318
25-60-34 9 Mar 2005
D29835 22D22900
RETAINING RING
PULLEY STOP PIN
PAWL
SPRING
LATCHING
COVER PAWL
PLATE
PULLEY
PAWL PIN
BEARING COUPLING REGULATOR
BUSHING PIN SPRING
PISTON
ADJUSTING
PULLEY PLUG
BEARING
O-RING
SCREWS BUSHING
THERMAL
PLUG
O-RING
CABLE RUPTURE DISC
ADAPTER BOTTLE
FITTING
O-RING
O-RING FLOW BALL
FILLER SPRING
VALVE
BODY SEAT
HIGH
PRESSURE BACK-UP
RING DECAL O-RING
CAP SET O-RING BALL GUIDE
SCREWS
SHIMS THRUST BEARING
SHAFT
GAGE
PROTECTOR
SHELL
O-RING
SET SCREW GAGE PROTECTOR FITTING
VALVE DISASSEMBLY
(D18294)
FIGURE 304
Page 319, 9 Mar 2005

25-60-34 Page 320, Blank
D29835 22D22900
TABLE OF CONTENTS
CLEANING
Page
1. Cleaning Materials 402
3. Slide Assembly and Container 403
4. Aspirator 404
5. Worm Drive Clamp, Quick Disconnect 404
6. Hose Assembly 404
7. Girt Assemblies 405
8. Relief Valve 405
9. Lamp Harness Assembly 405
10. Valve Assembly 405
11. Reservoir Exterior 406
12. Pressure Gage 406
13. Valve Release Cable 406
14. Pull Handle Assembly 407
Page 401
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
1. Cleaning Materials (Table 401)


Fabric Cleaning Solution As Commercially Moderate cleaning of
Moderate Duty: Required Available fabric surfaces.
Clear Ivory Liquid Detergent ♦
Fabric Cleaning Solution As Commercially Heavy duty cleaning
Heavy Duty: Required Available of fabric surfaces.
50% Isopropyl Alcohol
((CH3)2CHOH) and
50% Toluene (C6H5CH3)
by Volume
Dry Cleaning Solvent for As Commercial Cleaning of metal
Metal Parts: Required Standard surfaces.
Federal Specification
P-D-680/Clear Mineral
Spirits ♦
Clean soft cloth ♦ 1 Commercially Application of solu-
Available tions/solvent; drying.
Stiff Bristle Brush ♦ 1 Commercially Application of solu-
Soft Bristle Brush ♦ 1 Commercially Application of solu-
CLEANING MATERIALS
TABLE 401
Page 402
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
WARNING: WHEN USING SOLVENTS, CEMENTS, OR OTHER CHEM-

ICAL BASED PRODUCTS, REFER TO THE APPLICABLE
MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET (MSDS) FOR SPECIFIC
GUIDELINES ON PROPER PERSONAL PROTECTIVE
EQUIPMENT, STORAGE, HANDLING, AND VENTILATION
REQUIREMENTS.
WARNING: USE EYE, FACE, AND EAR PROTECTION WHEN USING
HIGH PRESSURE AIR.
WARNING: MAKE SURE AIR NOZZLE AND VALVE OPENINGS ARE
POSITIONED AWAY FROM BODY OR OTHER PERSON-
NEL. MAKE SURE A 30 PSIG, OR LESS, AIR NOZZLE IS
ATTACHED TO AIR HOSE.
A. Observe all shop safety precautions and practices.
B. Parts should be dried using an oil and moisture free compressed air
source which is filtered through a 20-micron filter.
3. Slide Assembly and Container
A. For removal of light to moderate concentrations of dust and dirt on slide

tube chambers, anti-skid compound areas, or container assembly, use a
solution of detergent (Table 401) and water.
(1). Apply solution with a soft bristle brush (Table 401) or a clean cloth.
(2). Thoroughly rinse with clean water and blow dry with compressed
air.
B. For removal of heavy concentrations of dirt and grease on the slide tube
chambers, anti-skid compound areas, or container assembly, use the
cleaning solvent (Table 401).
CAUTION: DO NOT USE THE CLEANING SOLUTIONS MEK OR
ETHYL ACETATE ON ANTI-SKID COMPOUND AREAS, OR
COATING MAY BE REMOVED.
CAUTION: DO NOT ALLOW PUDDLING OR DRIPPING OF SOLU-
TION, AS LIFTING OF CEMENTED AREAS MAY RESULT.
(1). Apply solution with a clean, soft cloth or a soft bristle brush (Table
401) for local areas of oil, dust, or dirt.
(2). Immediately remove excess solution with a clean cloth and dry
using compressed air.
Page 403
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
4. Aspirator
CAUTION: FLAPPER VALVES MUST BE OPENED AND CLOSED

SIMULTANEOUSLY TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE
POSITIVE CLOSING MECHANISM COMPONENTS.
A. Under normal conditions, internal and external surfaces may be
cleaned using compressed air; ensure that air directed through the
inlet fitting flows freely from all orifices in the nozzle assembly.
CAUTION: MINIMIZE ASPIRATOR CONTACT TIME WITH ALL
CLEANING AGENTS.
B. Under extreme conditions, clean external surfaces with dry cleaning
solvent (Table 401) and a soft bristle brush; clean internal surfaces
with a solution of detergent (Table 401) and water. Rinse with clean
water. Thoroughly blow dry with compressed air.
5. Worm Drive Clamp, Quick Disconnect
A. For removal of concentrations of dirt and grease, use the dry cleaning
solvent (Table 401).
(1). Apply solvent with clean soft cloth or soft bristle brush (Table
(2). Immediately remove excess solvent with a clean cloth and dry
using compressed air.
6. Hose Assembly
CAUTION: INSTALL PROTECTIVE PLASTIC CAP/PLUG ON HOSE

FITTINGS.
A. Clean hose external surfaces using rag dampened in detergent
(Table 401) and water solution. Rinse with clean water.
B. Blow dry using compressed air. Ensure that all moisture is removed
from inside of hose.
Page 404
25-60-34 9 Mar 2005
D29835 22D22900
7. Girt Assemblies
A. For removal of light to moderate concentrations of dust and dirt, use a

(1). Apply solution with a soft bristle brush or a clean cloth (Table
401).
air.
B. For removal of heavy concentrations of dirt and grease, use the heavy
duty cleaning solution (Table 401).
CAUTION: DO NOT ALLOW PUDDLING OR DRIPPING OF SOLU-
TION, AS LIFTING OF CEMENTED AREAS MAY
RESULT.
(1). Apply solution with a clean, soft cloth or a soft bristle brush (Table
(2). Immediately remove excess solution with a clean cloth.
(3). Dry using compressed air.
8. Relief Valve
A. Clean using a solution of detergent (Table 401) and water.

(1). Apply solution with a soft bristle brush or a clean cloth.
air.
9. Lamp Harness Assembly
A. Each lamp on the harness may be cleaned with a water (only) damp-
ened cloth.
B. Wipe lamps thoroughly with a clean dry cloth.
10. Valve Assembly
A. Clean valve assembly using dry cleaning solvent (Table 401).

B. Apply cleaning solvent with soft bristle brush (Table 401).
C. Blow dry using compressed air.
Page 405
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
11. Reservoir Exterior

(1). Apply solution with a soft bristle brush (Table 401) and water.
CAUTION: THE SHOP COMPRESSED AIR SOURCE FOR DRYING
PURPOSES SHOULD BE OIL AND MOISTURE FREE
AND INCORPORATE A 20-MICRON FILTER.
air.
12. Pressure Gage
CAUTION: DO NOT IMMERSE PRESSURE GAGE IN CLEANING

SOLUTION.
A. Clean exterior surfaces of pressure gage using cloth dampened in
B. Wipe with cloth dampened in clean water.
C. Blow dry with compressed air.
13. Valve Release Cable

(1). Apply solution with a soft bristle brush or clean cloth.
air.
B. For removal of heavy concentrations of dirt and grease, use cleaning
solvent (Table 401).
(1). Apply cleaning solvent with a clean cloth.
(2). Blow dry with compressed air.
Page 406
25-60-34 9 Mar 2005
D29835 22D22900
14. Pull Handle Assembly
A. For removal of light to moderate concentration of dust and dirt, use a

(1). Apply solution with a soft bristle brush or clean cloth.
air.
B. For removal of heavy concentrations of dirt and grease, use heavy duty
cleaning solution (Table 401).
(1). Clean pull handle assembly using cleaning solution (Table 401).
(2). Apply solution with a clean soft cloth or soft bristle brush for local
areas of oil, dust, or dirt.
(3). Immediately remove excess solution with a cloth.
(4). Dry using compressed air.
Page 407, 22 Nov 2007

25-60-34 Page 408, Blank
D29835 22D22900
TABLE OF CONTENTS
CHECK
Page
1. System Check 502
2. Reservoir and Valve Assembly Leakage Check 502
3. Visual Check: Slide Assembly 503
4. Visual Check: Slide Components 505
5. Visual Check: Detachable Girt Assembly 507
6. Visual Check: Girt Release Cable Assembly 509
7. Visual Check: Pull Handle Assembly and Pressure Gage 510
8. Visual Check: Hose Assembly 511
9. Visual Check: Container Assembly 512
10. Visual Check: Aspirator, Worm Drive Clamp 513
11. Visual Check: Reservoir and Components 514
12. Visual Check: Valve Assembly 516
Page 501
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
1. System Check
NOTE: Refer to Tables 501 through 510 for visual checking of the
slide assembly and related components.
NOTE: When the disposition is replace refer to the Disassembly sec-
tion for the disassembly of the component and to the Assembly
section for the assembly of the component.
WARNING: USE EYE, FACE, AND EAR PROTECTION WHEN
USING HIGH PRESSURE AIR.
A. The work area must be covered with a clean tarpaulin, carpeting, or
other protective material and must be clean and well lighted.
B. The check can be made without the aid of special optical devices,
unless otherwise indicated herein.
2. Reservoir and Valve Assembly Leakage Check
NOTE: Ensure calibration is done at normal room ambient tempera-

ture 70°F ± 5°F (21°C ± 3°C).
CAUTION: DO NOT IMMERSE PRESSURE GAGE.
A. Check pressure gage reading. The reading should be between 2900
and 3100 psig, corrected to 70°F. If the indicator needle is below 2900
psig, immerse reservoir and valve assembly (except the pressure
gage) in water. Check for leaks particularly between the reservoir and
valve assembly and at all valve porting surfaces. Attach a tag indicat-
ing location of leak(s). Discharge reservoir assembly and disassemble
in accordance with the Disassembly section. Inspect and reassemble
in accordance with the Assembly section. If the indicator needle is
above 3100 psig the pressure gage may be at fault.
B. Perform hydrostatic pressure test on the reservoir in accordance with
the Testing and Fault Isolation section.
Page 502
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
3. Visual Check: Slide Assembly (Table 501)
COMPONENT CONDITION DISPOSITION
Tubes and floor fabric/ Cuts, tears, punctures, See Repair section. If
seams or abrasions; mark with beyond limits replace
chalk if discrepant. slide, or call or consult Air
Cruisers for Repair.
Inspect stencilled mark- Re-stencil.
ings for legibility and
correctness.
Restraints, mounting Check general condi- Re-cement lifted area.
patches, handles, grom- tion, looseness or mal- See Repair section. For
mets, Velcro and snap function as applicable; replacement, call or con-
fasteners, attachment mark with chalk if dis- sult Air Cruisers com-
patches, reservoir sling, crepant. pany.
no-fail handles, re-entry
strap, etc.
Relief Valve Leakage. Discrepant Tighten screws (Table
(19C18191 valves) opening and closing 801). If leak is still present
pressures. See Testing replace relief valve. See
section. Repair section.
Corrosion on any one of Replace all four screws.
four screws. See Repair section.
Cover, Relief Valve Loose or damaged Replace as necessary.
(19C18191 relief valves snaps; rips or tears.
only)
VISUAL CHECK: SLIDE ASSEMBLY
Page 503
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
Relief Valve Leakage. Discrepant If valve leaks at mounting

(64154 valves) opening and closing patch or base, call or con-
pressures. See Testing sult Air Cruisers for
section. repair. If valve leaks at
Damaged threads. center, tighten valve
(Table 801). If leak is still
present replace relief
valve. See Assembly sec-
tion.
Inflate/Deflate Valve Leakage. See Testing Replace faulty grip or
section. Damage which washer. See Assembly
would impair function. section.
Damaged threads. If valve leaks at mounting
patch or base, call or
consult Air Cruisers for
repair.
VISUAL CHECK: SLIDE ASSEMBLY

Page 504
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
4. Visual Check: Slide Components (Table 502)
Mooring Line Frayed cord or loose Replace.

stitching.
Power Unit Test System for opera- See Testing section.
tion.
Damaged plug connec- Replace.
tors. Loose or broken
wires.
Check expiration date. Ensure sufficient life
Usable life, 5 years from remains to meet or
date of manufacture. exceed next scheduled
maintenance before re-
installing.
Activating Lanyard Check activating lanyard Replace.
ON/OFF pin for insecure
attachment and any
damage which would
impair function.
Lamp Harness Assembly Test System for opera- See Testing section.
tion.
Lifts or tears of the fabric Re-cement lifted areas.
tape. Loose lamp har- Replace tape as neces-
ness. sary. See Repair section.
Loose or broken wires Replace lamp harness
or any damage which assembly. See Repair
would impair function. section.
VISUAL CHECK: SLIDE COMPONENTS

Page 505
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
Lamp Harness Assembly Broken or burned out Replace lamp housing. See
(Cont’d) light. Repair section.
Chafing Pad Assembly Cracks, damage, inse- Replace.

cure fit on valve, or
missing Velcro fastener.
VISUAL CHECK: SLIDE COMPONENTS
Page 506
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
5. Visual Check: Detachable Girt Assembly (Table 503)
Detachable Girt Minor cuts or tears that See Repair section.

Assembly do not intersect seams,
hinge tapes, or rein-
forcements.
Tears that intersect or Replace.
overlap hinge tapes or
reinforcement webbing.
Tears that run parallel to Replace.
the reinforcement web-
bing along the girt
perimeter.
Worn or broken threads Machine sew using
on seams, turn backs, V-T-295 size “F” nylon
loose Velcro fasteners thread in accordance
or webbings. with Federal Specifica-
tion 751 Type 301 or Air
Cruisers Company P/N
M11944-1.
Grommet attachment Replace. See Repair
(tightness) or sharp pro- section.
jections.
VISUAL CHECK: DETACHABLE GIRT ASSEMBLY
Page 507
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
Detachable Girt Torn or worn cord loops. Machine sew using V-T-
Assembly (Cont’d) 295 size “F” nylon
thread in accordance
with Federal Specifica-
tion 751 Type 301 or Air
Cruisers Company P/N
M11944-1 or, call or
consult Air Cruisers
Company for repair or
girt replacement.
(P/N 22D22900 only) See Repair Section
Worn slip binding or girt.
(Post S.B. 103-25-10).
Coating abrasion, flak- Re-coat. See Repair
ing, or exposure of section.
threads.
VISUAL CHECK: DETACHABLE GIRT ASSEMBLY
Page 508
25-60-34 9 Mar 2005
D29835 22D22900
6. Visual Check: Girt Release Cable Assembly (Table 504)
Girt Release Cable Frayed cable, damaged Replace.

Assembly nicopress sleeve and/or
parachute pin. Sharp
projections.
VISUAL CHECK: GIRT RELEASE CABLE ASSEMBLY
TABLE 504
Page 509
25-60-34 9 Mar 2005
D29835 22D22900
7. Visual Check: Pull Handle Assembly and Pressure Gage (Table 505)
Pull Handle Assembly Hook fastener dam- Replace.

aged, cable frayed, or
ball end of cable not uni-
form.
Unreadable printed Replace.
material.
Fraying, cuts, or tears, Replace.
of webbing or Velcro.
Pull Handle Assembly Damage to face plate, Replace pull handle
with Luminous Pull cracks, etc. assembly. Refer to Air
Signs (only) Cruisers Company
S.I.L. 114-77-1 for ship-
ping procedures.
Brightness of pull sign. New signs are 180
(Luminous pull signs are microlamberts. Mini-
applicable to handles mum acceptable bright-
manufactured prior to ness is 100
Feb 2003) microlamberts. See
Testing section.
Replace if not accept-
able.
Quick Disconnect Cross-threading and/or Replace.
attachment groove
deformity.
VISUAL CHECK: PULL HANDLE ASSEMBLY, RELEASE ASSEMBLY
AND PRESSURE GAGE
TABLE 505
Page 510
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
8. Visual Check: Hose Assembly (Table 506)
Hose Assembly Cracks or damage to Replace.

hose fittings or threads.
(For 22D22900 Slide If the hose fails the
Assembly only) hydrostatic test replace.
Perform a hydrostatic
test to 900 psig
(620 N/cm2)
(For D29835 Slide
Assembly only)
Perform a hydrostatic
test to 3000 psig
(2067 N/cm2). See Test-
ing section.
Hose does not swivel Lubricate using McLube
through 360°. 1720L to loosen. Hose
does not swivel after
lubrication, replace.
Obstructions in I. D. of Replace.
hose caused by bulging
or damage to inner liner.
Obstructions in I. D. of Remove obstructions
hose caused by foreign using compressed air.
matter/dirt. Determine source of for-
eign matter prior to
returning system to ser-
vice.
VISUAL CHECK: HOSE ASSEMBLY
TABLE 506
Page 511
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
9. Visual Check: Container Assembly (Table 507)
Container Assembly Rips, tears, or loose Repair small areas by

stitching of fabric. machine sewing and/or
cemented patches. See
Repair section.
Loose or damaged hook Replace as necessary.
and pile fasteners. See Repair section for
cementing instructions.
VISUAL CHECK: CONTAINER ASSEMBLY
TABLE 507
Page 512
25-60-34 9 Mar 2005
D29835 22D22900
10. Visual Check: Aspirator, Worm Drive Clamp (Table 508)
Aspirator Housing is not concen- Replace Aspirator.

tric.
Cracks, cross-thread- Replace Aspirator.
ing, or stripping of
threaded fittings.
Positive closing device Replace Aspirator.
malfunction.
Excessive compression Replace Aspirator.
or damage to the flapper
valve sealing surface.
Delamination.
Aspirator ring guards Replace Aspirator.
bent or damaged.
Worm Drive Clamp Stripped worm drive Replace.
clamp screw.
Cracks, concentricity, or Replace.
sharp edges.
VISUAL CHECK: ASPIRATOR AND WORM DRIVE CLAMP
TABLE 508
Page 513
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
11. Visual Check: Reservoir and Components (Table 509)
Reservoir Examine DOT 3HT res- As per reference.

ervoirs in accordance
with Code of Federal
Regulations, Part 180,
Sub-Part C, section
180.201 through
180.215 and CGA C-8.
NOTE: Examine in accordance with 49 CFR 180.201 through
180.215 Qualification, maintenance and use of reservoirs,
the applicable DOT exemption or specification as identified
on the reservoir, the guidelines CGA C6.2 1988 or subse-
quent, and this Check section for hydrostatic testing (reser-
voir requalification due date) and visual checking criteria.
Check the reservoir Remove from service if
manufacture date on reservoir age exceeds
reservoir label. service life set in appli-
cable DOT exemption or
specification as identi-
fied on the reservoir.
WARNING: DO NOT MACHINE, FILE, SAND, GRIND, OR BUR-
NISH THE O-RING SEAT OR BOSS FACE OF THE
THREADED PORT.
Reservoir Threaded
Port
NOTE: Inspect interior of reservoir using a borescope or flexible
light. Interior inspection requirements are found in 49 CFR
180.201 through 180.215, CGA C-8 and C-8.1 [3] and [4].
VISUAL CHECK: RESERVOIR AND COMPONENTS

Page 514
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
Reservoir Threaded
Port (Cont’d)
NOTE: The port has a configuration per MS33649-16 except thread
is 1.3125-12UN-2B. Use tap to clean threads. Using a bore-
scope, carefully inspect interior of reservoir to ensure
removal of all metal chips.
Pressure Gage Stripped and/or dam- Replace pressure gage.

aged threads, damaged
case, cracked, or broken
glass, or water damage;
none permissible.
Valve Release Cable Fraying, corrosion, or Replace valve release
kinks which would impair cable.
function. Inspect ball
ends for uniform spheri-
cal shape and integrity.
No defects permissible.
VISUAL CHECK: RESERVOIR AND COMPONENTS
Page 515
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
12. Visual Check: Valve Assembly (Table 510)
Valve/Regulator Perform an external If leakage occurs,

leakage test. replace discrepant com-
ponents.
Valve Body Cracks and dents which Replace.
impair function or reas-
sembly; none permissi-
ble.
Adjustment Plug Thread damage. Replace.
Piston Sealing ring groove, Replace.
dents or scratches; none
permissible.
Spring Corrosion. Replace.
Pulley Cable ball recess wear, Replace.
pin and key slot wear;
none permissible.
Cover Plate Damage, marking illegi- Replace.
bility; none permissible.
CAUTION: THESE PARTS ARE CRITICAL REGARDING AIR
LEAKAGE.
NOTE: Ball seat deformation, flattening, consequent to sealing
forces applied at ball interface is normal and not reason for
replacement.
Ball, Ball Seat, Seat Eccentric with recess in Replace.
Recess in Body body, nicks, scratches,
other surface discontinu-
ity.
VISUAL CHECK: VALVE ASSEMBLY
Page 516
25-60-34 9 Mar 2005
D29835 22D22900
CAUTION: THESE PARTS ARE CRITICAL REGARDING AIR

LEAKAGE.
Shaft Slot spread open (dis- Replace.
torted), surfaces
scratched; none permis-
sible.
Shaft Bearing Corrosion, retainer dis- Replace.
tortion, balls missing;
none permissible.
Housing Thread damage, cracks Replace.
and surface scratches;
none permissible.
Reservoir Valve Fitting Cracks around end Replace fitting.
which mates with valve.
Check the exterior
transition area between
the O-ring seat and
beginning of the thread.
Check the inside bore at
the valve side of the
fitting.
All Other Valve Parts Imperfections which Replace.
would impair function or
affect reassembly and/or
retention, particularly
mating surfaces and
threads; none permissi-
ble.
VISUAL CHECK: VALVE ASSEMBLY
Page 517, 9 Mar 2005

25-60-34 Page 518, Blank
D29835 22D22900
TABLE OF CONTENTS
REPAIR
Page
1. Repair Materials/Equipment 602
3. Patching Airholding Tubes 610
4. Floor Repairs 624
5. Reflective Finish 625
6. Girt Assembly 627
7. Grommet Replacement 628
8. Container Assembly Repair 633
9. Relief Valve Replacement (Pre S.B. 103-25-39) 634
10. Lamp Harness Removal 636
11. Lamp Harness Replacement (D29835-Series only) 638
12. Individual Lamp Housing Replacement 644
13. Self Luminous Inflation Pull Handle Repair 650
14. Slip Binding Replacement (P/N 22D22900 only) (S.B. 103-25-10) 651
15. Valve/Regulator Repair 653
16. Relief Valve Screw Replacement (Pre S.B. 103-25-39) 654
17. Light Sleeve Repair or Replacement 656
Page 601
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
1. Repair Materials/Equipment (Tables 601 through 604)


Urethane Cement As Air Cruisers Co. Fabric bonding adhe-
Specification No. M11628 Required V70167 sive.
Solvent, Washing Urethane As Commercially Cleans fabric.
Ethyl Acetate Required Available
(CH3COOC2H5)
Activating Agent, Urethane As Commercially Activates urethane
Methyl Ethyl Ketone (MEK) Required Available cement for bonding.
(CH3COC2H5)
Activating Agent, Urethane As Commercially Activates urethane
Ethyl Acetate/Acetone Required Available cement for bonding.
Solution
(CH3COOC2H5)/
(CH3COCH3) *
* Two parts Ethyl Acetate one part Acetone by volume; may be used as an alter-
native to Methyl Ethyl Ketone.
Toluene As Commercially Thinner for reflective
(C6H5CH3) Required Available coating compound.
Leak Test Solution, Clear As Commercially Determines leakage of
Ivory Liquid Detergent ♦ Required Available inflatable assemblies.
water.
RTV 732 Multi Purpose As Commercially Applied to screw
Sealant Required Available heads for chafe protec-
100% Silicone Rubber tion.
REPAIR SOLVENTS AND CEMENTS

TABLE 601
Page 602
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900

request.

Hand Roller/Castor Wheel 1 Commercially Distributes pressure
(2 In. (50.8 mm) dia. x Available along bonded fabric
2 In. (50.8 mm) wide with repairs.
handle) ♦
Brush, 1 Inch (25.4 mm) ♦ 1 Commercially Applies cement.
Available
Spatula (Pusher) 1 Air Cruisers Co. Evenly distributes, and
PA-1 ♦ V70167 removes wrinkles from,
bonded fabric repairs.
Brillo 3M Scotch Brite 1 Commercially Used to roughen floor
(Scour Cloth) Available fabric prior to cement-
7447♦ ing.
Tool - Insert/Extract 1 Deutsch Engages/disengages
M81969/14-11 Engineered lamp harness and
Connecting power unit connector
Devices plugs.
V4AFU8
Scissors, Blunt Nose, 1 Commercially Cuts fabric.
Plated, 5 Inch (127 mm) ♦ Available
Spline Key (Bristol Key) 1 Commercially Removes spline screws
0.145 inch diameter (6) Available from relief valve.
Flute
Allen Wrench (Hex Key) 1 Commercially Installs stainless steel
0.125 inch Available screws into relief valve.
Stainless Steel Button 4 Air Cruisers Co. Used as replacement for
Head hex Screw V70167 spline screws during
64064-1 relief valve installation.
REPAIR TOOLS
TABLE 602
Page 603
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
NOTE: Variation in fabric color shades is normal and acceptable.

with the following symbol♦.

Stencil Ink As Air Cruisers Co. Used for identification/
M11853 Required V70167 instruction markings.
Slide Fabric (Urethane) As Air Cruisers Co. Inflatable slide assembly
M11849-5 Required V70167 fabric.
Floor Fabric (Urethane) As Air Cruisers Co. Inflatable sub-assembly slid-
M11673 Required V70167 ing lane or chafing fabric.
Girt Fabric As Air Cruisers Co. Girt/Girt extension fabric.
M11480 Required V70167
Container Fabric As Air Cruisers Co. Container fabric.
M11481 Required V70167
Reflective Coating Com- As Air Cruisers Co. Coating for accessible
pound Required V70167 seams, crotch tapes, attach-
M11787 or M12159 ing surfaces of cemented-on
accessories, exposed
threads, and adhesive mar-
gins.
Sealant, Clear As Air Cruisers Co. Applied as a non-slip area
H119077 Required V70167 where stabilizer or sill tube
makes contact with aircraft;
or as a runway end deceler-
ation pad.
Conductive Paint As Air Cruisers Co. Provides conductivity
M11463 Required V70167 between girt, sliding sur-
face, and bottom runway
chafings.
Thread, Nylon As Commercially Breakaway tying.
V-T-295 Required Available or
Type II, Class 1, Size E Air Cruisers Co.
or M11944-4 V70167
REPAIR MATERIALS
Page 604
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900

Talc or Powdered As Commercially Prevents joining of areas of
Soapstone Required Available exposed cement, reflective
coating compound, or stencil
ink.
Cloth, Cotton ♦ As Commercially Applies solvents/solutions.
Required Available
REPAIR MATERIALS
Page 605
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900


Soldering Iron 1 Commercially Heats solder for appli-
600°-800° F Heat Range Available cation.
Soldering Iron Tip 1 Commercially Melts mylar insulation.
Screwdriver or Chisel Tip Available
Soldering Iron Tip 1 Commercially Applies solder.
Conical or Pencil Tip Available
Solder As Commercially Alloy used to join
QQ-S-571 SN60/40Pb Required Available metal.
Rosin Core, Mildly Acti-
vated
Desoldering Bulb ♦ 1 Commercially Removes solder.
Vacuum Action, Teflon Tip Available
Marker ♦ 1 Commercially Traces outline of dam-
Black Ink, Permanent, Fine Available aged lamp housing
Tip ends.
Knife, Precision Blade ♦ 1 Commercially Removes heat shrink
Available coverings from lamp
housings.
Shield, Wood ♦ 1 Commercially Protects fabric from
1/4 x 12 x 12 In. Available soldering iron.
(6.4 x 304.8 x 304.8 mm)
(Approximate dimensions)
Pliers, Slip-Lock ♦ 1 Commercially Breaks ultra-sonic
1 1/2 In. (38.1 mm) opening Available welds.
min.
Magnifier, Eye Loupe 1 Commercially Used for precise
10X power ♦ Available examination of lamp
housing.
INDIVIDUAL LAMP REPLACEMENT REPAIR MATERIALS

Page 606
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900

Bottle, Dispensing, with 1 Commercially Solvent/solution dis-
spout or pump ♦ Available penser.
Tape, Mylar As Commercially Used to wrap solder
3/8 In. (9.5 mm) wide, Required Available joints and flat conduc-
2 mils (.002 In.) thick tors.
INDIVIDUAL LAMP REPLACEMENT REPAIR MATERIALS

Page 607
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
NOTE: If doubt exists as to the capability of local facilities to accom-

plish satisfactory repairs, it is recommended that the inflatable
or components be returned to Air Cruisers Company for repair.
A. In general, repairs to the inflatable will be confined to the patching of
tears or punctures in the airholding panels. Although slightly damaged
areas in the fabric can be repaired in the field, replacement of a com-
plete section such as a tube, the floor, etc., should not be attempted,
since the operating integrity of the inflatable could be compromised.
The same rule applies to the removal of any part cemented directly to
an air-retaining fabric member, since in removal from the original posi-
tion, the fabric coating may be damaged, thus compromising air-reten-
tion capabilities. Slight lifting of any part such as restraint patches,
wraparound band, etc., cemented directly to an air-retaining fabric
member may be repaired per the general cement instructions detailed
in Paragraphs 3.A.(2) through (10). A seam separation without fabric
tears on or about the area may also be repaired per the general
cement instructions detailed in Paragraphs 3.A.(2) through (10). Call or
consult Air Cruisers Company for repair of any seam tears that inter-
sect a mitered corner.
CAUTION: WHEN INSPECTING FOR LEAKS, USE LEAK TEST
SOLUTION (TABLE 601) OR AN ELECTRONIC LISTEN-
ING DEVICE.
WARNING: WHEN USING SOLVENTS, CEMENTS, OR OTHER
CHEMICAL BASED PRODUCTS, REFER TO THE
APPLICABLE MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET (MSDS)
FOR SPECIFIC GUIDELINES ON PROPER PERSONAL
PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT, STORAGE, HANDLING,
AND VENTILATION REQUIREMENTS.
B. Following repairs to the airholding tubes, an inflatable integrity verifica-
tion test must be accomplished. See Testing section.
NOTE: Subsequent to repair, wash off leak test solution with clean
water.
Page 608
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
C. Decision to disassemble the reservoir and inflation valve for repair is

based on presence of leaks, visible damage, or functional discrepan-
cies discovered in performance of procedures outlined in Check or
Testing and Fault Isolation sections. Disassemble only to the extent
necessary to complete local repair or replacement. Complete disas-
sembly of all components is neither necessary nor recommended.
D. When disassembly is necessary, replace all O-rings and gaskets.
Replacement of other items should be guided by sound examination
criteria, See Check section.
E. Facility Conditions for Repairs
(1). Work areas used for cementing must be clean, free of dust and
dirt.
CAUTION: COLD TEMPERATURES WHERE DEW OR FROST IS
PRESENT CAN CAUSE A PROBLEM OF MOISTURE ON
THE FABRIC, WHICH WOULD PROHIBIT PROPER
BOND FROM BEING MADE. HIGH HEAT AND/OR
HUMIDITY CAN RESULT IN EFFECTS OF CONDENSA-
TION OF MOISTURE (WHITE AREAS ON CEMENT)
CAUSED BY EVAPORATING SOLVENTS.
(2). Recommended temperature to apply the cement should be
between 55 - 80°F (13 - 27 °C) with relative humidity (65% maxi-
mum).
F. Cement/Accelerator Storage
(1). Cement/accelerator shall be stored under conditions where
excessive heat, humidity or cold are not present. Once opened, if
the accelerator is exposed to moisture present in high humidity
areas, it will cause flake like particles in the product. Accelerator
should not be used if flake like particles are present indicating
degradation. It is suggested to use what is opened, because re-
sealed containers may contain enough moisture to react with the
accelerator.
G. Mixing Instructions for Reflective Paint
(1). M11787 or M12159 is supplied in two parts in order to maintain a
workable shelf/pot life. Prior to use, it is important to thoroughly
mix the two components. The base component (Part A) should be
stirred/agitated to ensure that the ingredients are homogeneous.
Note that settling does occur and the product must be uniform
prior to use. Part B takes additional care when mixing. The alumi-
Page 609
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
num portion forms a paste-like consistency on the bottom of the

container. To mix properly, this product should be agitated and
then stirred. Once no sedimentation is observed, a proper mix
has occurred. At this point, the two components should be com-
bined to the proper ratio. Any combined unused portions shall be
disposed of on a daily basis.
3. Patching Airholding Tubes
A. Tube Punctures up to 2 In. (50.8 mm) in diameter.

NOTE: Use a round patch on the outer fabric surface only. Repair
patches should be die cut, when size permits.
(1). Cut a patch large enough to allow an overlap beyond the punc-
ture edges as follows:
Minimum Overlap Beyond

Puncture Limits Damaged Area Should Be:
Up to 1/8 In. (3.2 mm) 1 In. (25.4 mm)
1/8 to 1 In. (3.2 to 25.4 mm) 2 In. (50.8 mm)
Over 1 inch but less than 2 In. (25.4 3 In. (76.2 mm)
to 50.8 mm)
CAUTION: WHEN WASHING THE TUBE FABRIC, DO NOT ALLOW

EXCESS SOLVENT TO COLLECT AT THE EDGES OF
SEAMS. DO NOT APPLY SOLVENT TO DECALS OR
STENCIL MARKINGS (WHENEVER POSSIBLE) SINCE
THEY CAN BE REMOVED BY THE SOLVENT. IF STEN-
CIL MARKINGS NEED TO BE REPLACED, USE THE
STENCIL INK LISTED IN FIGURE 603.
(2). Thoroughly wash the fabric around the puncture and the yellow
side of patch (Figure 601) with a solvent dampened cloth (Table
602). Do not damage the fabric.
Page 610
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
TUBE
FABRIC
WASH BOTTOM
OF PATCH
PUNCTURE IN
WASH AREA TUBE FABRIC
AROUND PUNCTURE
PATCHING TUBE PUNCTURES

FIGURE 601
Page 611
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
CAUTION: DISCARD UNUSED CEMENT 4 HOURS (POT LIFE)

AFTER MIXING.
NOTE: The cement line must be even and uniform to within one-half
In. (12.7 mm) beyond the edge of repair.
(3). Brush three coats of cement (Table 601) around the puncture and
onto yellow side of the patch (Figure 602); cover an area slightly
larger than the patch. Apply cement in medium, even coats. Allow
15 minutes drying time between coats. Remove effects of con-
densation (white areas on cement) by swabbing with a cloth
lightly dampened in solvent (Table 601).
CEMENT BOTTOM OF PATCH (3 COATS)
TUBE FABRIC BRUSH
CEMENT AREA AROUND

PUNCTURE (3 COATS)

FIGURE 602
Page 612
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
CAUTION: DO NOT EXCEED ONE HOUR BETWEEN CEMENT

APPLICATION AND JOINING OF SURFACE. APPLY A
FOURTH COAT TO SURFACES IF TIME IS EXCEEDED.
(4). Within one hour after cement application, dampen a clean cloth
with activating agent (Table 601). Wipe cemented surfaces to
make them tacky and ready for joining.
NOTE: Fabric weave on patch and tube fabric do not have to be in
alignment.
CAUTION: JOIN SURFACES IMMEDIATELY (WITHIN 60 SEC-
ONDS) AFTER ACTIVATING TO MAXIMIZE BOND.
(5). Immediately join the cemented patch to the cemented tube fabric.
(6). The patch should be laid on gradually from the center to the
edges (Figure 603) to minimize the possibility of air bubbles being
trapped beneath the patch.
TUBE
FABRIC
PATCH
CENTER LINE OF
CEMENTED AREA CEMENTED AREA

FIGURE 603
Page 613
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
NOTE: Pressure is important for a good bond.

(7). Apply pressure evenly with a spatula (Table 602) to eliminate
entrapped air bubbles and wrinkles to ensure firm attachment
(Figure 604).
(8). When all wrinkles and air bubbles are eliminated, uniformly roll
the joined areas (Figure 605) using a hand roller (Table 602).
SPATULA
(PUSHER)
PATCH
TUBE
FABRIC

FIGURE 604
HAND ROLLER
PATCH
TUBE
FABRIC

FIGURE 605
Page 614
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
(9). Allow cement to cure for a minimum of four hours.

(10). Apply reflective finish to the repaired area per the instructions in
Paragraph 5.
B. Repair of Tube Tears [Up to 2 Ft. (.610 m)]
Repairs to tube fabric tears should be limited to 2 Ft. (.610 m) maxi-
mum, if the tear does not intersect a seam, miter joint, or a structural
tube. If these are part of the tear, call or consult Air Cruisers Company
for repair.
CAUTION: REPAIR TUBE TEARS BY PATCHING BOTH THE
INSIDE AND OUTSIDE SURFACES OF THE TUBE FAB-
RIC PRIOR TO INFLATING THE UNIT.
(1). Trim off any loose threads (Figure 606) with scissors (Table 602).
SCISSORS TO TRIM
OFF LOOSE THREADS
TEAR IN FABRIC
PATCHING TUBE TEARS

FIGURE 606
Page 615
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
(2). Spread a handful of soapstone or talc (Table 603) inside the tube
opening on the tube fabric opposite the tear area (Figure 607) to
prevent joining the inside of the fabric together.
TRIMMED TEAR
IN FABRIC
HANDFUL OF
SOAPSTONE
PATCHING TUBE TEARS

FIGURE 607
(3). Cut a patch large enough to allow a 2 In. (50.8 mm) overlap
beyond the tear edges.
CAUTION: WHEN WASHING THE TUBE FABRIC, DO NOT ALLOW
EXCESS SOLVENT TO COLLECT AT EDGES OF
SEAMS. DO NOT APPLY SOLVENT TO DECALS OR
STENCIL MARKINGS (WHENEVER POSSIBLE) SINCE
THEY CAN BE REMOVED BY THE SOLVENT.
Page 616
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
(4). Thoroughly wash the inside surface of the fabric around the tear
(Figure 608) and the underside of the patch with a solvent damp-
ened cloth (Table 603).
TUBE FABRIC
DAMPENED CLOTH
TEAR
PATCHING TUBE TEARS

FIGURE 608
CAUTION: DO NOT EXCEED ONE HOUR BETWEEN CEMENT

APPLICATION AND JOINING OF SURFACE. APPLY A
FOURTH COAT TO SURFACES IF TIME IS EXCEEDED.
CAUTION: DISCARD UNUSED CEMENT 4 HOURS (POT LIFE)
AFTER MIXING.
(5). Brush three coats of cement (Table 601) on the inside surface of
the tube fabric. Cover an area slightly larger than the size of the
patch. Apply cement in medium, even coats. Allow 15 minutes
between coats. Remove effects of condensation (white areas on
cement) by swabbing with a solvent lightly dampened cloth
(Table 603).
(6). Thoroughly wash the inside surface of the fabric patch with a sol-
vent dampened cloth (Table 603). Do not damage the fabric.
Page 617
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
(7). Brush three coats of cement (Table 601) onto the patch. Apply
cement in medium, even coats. Allow 15 minutes between coats.
Remove effects of condensation (white areas of cement) by
swabbing with a cloth lightly dampened in solvent (Table 601).
ONDS) AFTER ACTIVATING TO PREVENT INADE-
QUATE BOND.
(8). Within one hour after the cement application, dampen a clean
cloth with activating agent (Table 601). Wipe cemented surfaces
to reactivate them. This brings up the tack and makes the sur-
faces ready for joining.
(9). Fold the patch in half lengthwise, pass it through the tear, and
install it cement side up on the inside surface of the tube fabric
directly under the tear (Figure 609).
TRIMMED
TEAR
HALF OF PATCH
LOCATED UNDER HALF
OF TRIMMED TEAR
WASH/CEMENT (3 COATS)
ACTIVATION AREA OF PATCH
PATCHING TUBE TEARS

FIGURE 609
Page 618
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
(10). Join the torn section of the tube fabric onto the patch per
Figure 609.
NOTE: Pressure is important for a good bond.
entrapped air bubbles and wrinkles to ensure firm attachment.
(12). When all wrinkles and air bubbles are eliminated uniformly roll the
joined areas (Figure 610) using a hand roller (Table 602).
HAND ROLLER
TUBE FABRIC
PATCHING TUBE TEARS

FIGURE 610
Page 619
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
(13). Cut a patch large enough to allow a 2 In. (50.8 mm) overlap
beyond the tear edges.
CAUTION: WHEN WASHING THE TUBE FABRIC, DO NOT DAM-
AGE THE FABRIC, DO NOT ALLOW EXCESS SOLVENT
TO COLLECT AT THE EDGES OF THE SEAMS. DO NOT
APPLY SOLVENT TO DECALS OR STENCIL MARK-
INGS (WHENEVER POSSIBLE) SINCE THEY CAN BE
REMOVED BY THE SOLVENT.
(14). Thoroughly wash the outside surface around the tear (Figure
611) with a solvent dampened cloth (Table 603).
TUBE FABRIC
SOLVENT DAMPENED CLOTH
CEMENTED AREA
PATCHING TUBE TEARS

FIGURE 611
Page 620
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
(15). Brush three coats of cement (Table 601) on the outside of the
tube fabric (Figure 612) per the cement instructions detailed in
Paragraph 3.A.(3).
BRUSH
CEMENTED
TUBE FABRIC AREA
PATCHING TUBE TEARS

FIGURE 612
(16). Thoroughly wash the fabric on the patch with a solvent damp-
ened cloth (Table 603). Do not damage the fabric.
(17). Brush three coats of cement (Table 601) onto yellow side of the
patch. Apply cement in medium, even coats. Allow 15 minutes
between coats. Remove effects of condensation (white areas of
cement) by swabbing with a solvent lightly dampened cloth.
ONDS) AFTER ACTIVATING TO PREVENT DRY
AREAS.
(18). Within one hour after cement application, dampen a cloth with
activating agent (Table 601). Wipe cemented surfaces to reacti-
vate them. This brings up the tack and makes the surfaces ready
for joining.
NOTE: Fabric weave on patch and tube fabric do not have to be in
alignment.
Page 621
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
(19). Join the cemented surface of the patch to the outside surface of
the tube fabric (Figure 613).
entrapped air bubbles and wrinkles to ensure firm attachment.
(21). When all wrinkles and air bubbles are eliminated uniformly roll the
joined areas (Figure 614) using a hand roller (Table 602).
(22). Allow cement to cure for a minimum of four hours.
(23). Perform inflatable integrity verification test before applying reflec-
tive finish. See Testing section.
Page 622
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
PATCH LOCATED ON TOP

OF TRIMMED TEAR
PATCHING TUBE TEARS

FIGURE 613
HAND ROLLER
PATCH LOCATED
ON TOP OF
TRIMMED TEAR
PATCHING TUBE TEARS

FIGURE 614
Page 623
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
4. Floor Repairs
Repairs to the floor surface should be limited to punctures and tears up

to 3 In. (76.2 mm). If the damaged area exceeds these limitations, call
or consult Air Cruisers Company for repair.
A. Trim off loose threads with scissors (Table 602).
NOTE: Sliding surface of system is silver/gray in color, underside is
silver in color. Install patch to the underside (silver side) of floor
surface.
B. Cut a patch of floor fabric (Table 603) large enough to allow an overlap
beyond the puncture per Paragraph 3.A.(1) or large enough to allow a
2 In. (50.8 mm) overlap beyond the tear edges.
C. Buff patch, (silver/gray), and damaged area of floor fabric with dry
scour cloth (Table 602).
CAUTION: WHEN WASHING THE FLOOR FABRIC, DO NOT
ALLOW EXCESS SOLVENT TO COLLECT AT EDGES
OF SEAMS.
D. Thoroughly wash the floor fabric (silver side) around the damaged area
with a solvent dampened cloth (Table 603).
E. Apply three coats of cement (Table 601) on the silver side of the floor
fabric per the general cement instructions detailed in Paragraph
3.A.(3).
F. Prepare the patch, silver/gray, with a solvent dampened cloth (Table
603).
G. Apply three coats of cement (Table 601) on the silver/gray side of the
patch per general cement instructions detailed in Paragraph 3.A.(3).
ONDS) AFTER ACTIVATING TO PREVENT INADE-
QUATE BOND.
H. Activate and join the patch to the floor fabric per the general cement
instructions detailed in Paragraphs 3.A.(4) through (9).
I. Apply reflective finish per Paragraph 5.
Page 624
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
5. Reflective Finish
A. Preparation of the fabric surface.

(1). Prior to applying the reflective finish, all dust, dirt, and grease are
to be removed from the surface to be coated using a solvent
dampened cloth (Table 603).
(2). Remove excess solvent from all surfaces of the tube structures
with a dry cloth.
(3). The cleaned surface will require a minimum drying time of one
hour. Before proceeding further, verify that the surface is clean
and dry.
B. Coating Compound
CAUTION: THE COMPOUND MUST BE STIRRED PERIODICALLY
(EVERY 10 MINUTES) TO KEEP ALUMINUM PLATE-
LETS SUSPENDED IN THE SOLUTION. IF THE COAT-
ING THICKENS DURING APPLICATION, ADD
TOLUENE.
(1). The compound (Table 603) should be thoroughly mixed to ensure
that all of the pigments are evenly dispersed and suspended in
the solution.
(2). The coating should be a viscosity for brushing. Toluene (Table
601) may be added to maintain viscosity.
C. Inflatable Pressure During Coating
(1). After the cleaned surfaces have dried, the unit is to be inflated to
2.0 psig (1.37 N/cm2).
CAUTION: REWORKED AREAS MUST CURE FOR FOUR HOURS,
BE DUSTED WITH SOAPSTONE, AND BE ALLOWED
TO AIR DRY FOR A MINIMUM OF 16 HOURS BEFORE
DEFLATING AND PACKING.
Page 625
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
D. Application of Coating
(1). Apply the coating with a soft nylon brush (Table 602). Apply coat-
ing sparingly, brushing out all sags or drips. The repaired areas,
including exposed cement areas, are to be covered with one coat
using even strokes.
(2). Allow to cure for four hours, then dust lightly with soapstone or
talc.
(3). Allow to air dry for a minimum of 16 hours before deflating and
packing.
Page 626
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
6. Girt Assembly
Repairs to the girt assembly should be limited to punctures, tears less

than 3 In. (76.2 mm), and to replacing grommets. If the damaged area
exceeds these limitations or occurs at or along the perimeter of the girt
assembly, call or consult Air Cruisers Company for repair.
A. Girt Repair
(1). Follow the basic cementing instructions outlined in Paragraph 3.A
for punctures or tears, except use the girt assembly patching fab-
ric (Table 603).
B. Recoating of Girt Assembly (Coating abrasion, flaking, or exposure of
threads).
CAUTION: IF ANY DAMAGE TO FABRIC SUBSTRATE IS NOTICED,
THE GIRT MUST BE REPLACED. CALL OR CONSULT
AIR CRUISERS COMPANY FOR REPLACEMENT
INSTRUCTIONS.
NOTE: Use masking tape to control edges of coated areas.
(1). Before applying sealant, prepare fabric surface per Paragraph
5.A.(1) through (3).
(2). Apply three coats of sealant (Table 603) to girt fabric. Sealant
must be applied in well defined squared off areas (Figure 615).
Remove tape and discard. Allow sealant to dry 14 hours.
(3). Apply two coats of conductive paint (Table 603) over the entire
sealant area. The paint must overlap the sealant edges by
3/4 In. (19.1 mm) minimum. Allow four hours curing time.
CONDUCTIVE
PAINT APPLY SEALANT
TO WORN GIRT
MASKING TAPE
AREA
RECOAT GIRT FABRIC

FIGURE 615
Page 627
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
7. Grommet Replacement
NOTE: For grommet identification see Figures 618 through 620.

A. If the grommet is damaged, mark location, remove and discard grom-
met. Measure hole in fabric left by grommet.
NOTE: If the fabric is stretched, frayed, or cut around the grommet
hole, it may be necessary to cut a larger diameter fabric disc to
sufficiently cover the damaged area [at least 3/4 In. (19.1 mm)
larger]. Fabric disc will be cut from the same fabric as item to
be repaired.
B. Bond two fabric discs (Table 603), 3/4 In. (19.1 mm) in diameter larger
than the damaged area, to both the top side and underside of the area
to be repaired (Figure 616).
C. Brush three coats of urethane cement (Table 601) onto the disc, and
onto the area to be repaired.
D. Install the disc per Paragraph 3.A.(3) through (8).
DISC
MISSING GROMMET
GIRT (TOP)
DISC CEMENT AREA
DISC
GROMMET REPLACEMENT
FIGURE 616
Page 628
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
7. Grommet Replacement (Cont’d)

E. Allow the cement to cure for two hours minimum.
NOTE: Use an appropriate size punch for punching hole.
F. Punch a hole through fabric in marked location using an appropriate
size punch.
G. Install the grommet per Figure 617.
MALLET
PUNCH
GROMMET
PUNCHED HOLE
GROMMET
(BOTTOM)
GROMMET REPLACEMENT
FIGURE 617
Page 629
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
GIRT ATTACHMENT ASSEMBLY
GROMMET GROMMET
P/N MS20230-BS1 P/N MS20230-BS2
(7) PLACES
GROMMET IDENTIFICATION
FIGURE 618
Page 630
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
FASTENER, EYELET
GROMMET P/N MS27980-9B
P/N MS20230-BPS1 FASTENER, STUD
P/N MS27980-7B
GROMMET
P/N MS20230-BPS1
GIRT ASSEMBLY, DETACHABLE
GROMMET GROMMET
P/N MS20230-BPS1 P/N MS20230-BPS1
FIGURE 619
Page 631
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
GROMMET
P/N MS20230-BS2
(2) PLACES
GIRT ASSEMBLY, DETACHABLE
GROMMET
P/N MS20230-BS2
FASTENER, EYELET
GROMMET
P/N MS27980-9B
P/N MS20230-B4
FASTENER, STUD
P/N MS27980-7B
FIGURE 620
Page 632
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
8. Container Assembly Repair
NOTE: If the material is otherwise in good condition, tears in the fabric

can be repaired by simple machine sewing or patching.
A. Follow the basic instructions outlined in Paragraph 3.A.(3) through (9)
except use the container patching fabric (Table 603).
CAUTION: EXCESSIVE STITCHING IN ONE AREA REDUCES FAB-
RIC STRENGTH.
B. Sewn areas of the container can be machine stitched using V-T-295
Size F nylon thread in accordance with Federal Specification 751 Type
301 or Air Cruisers Company P/N M11944-1 (Table 603).
Page 633
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
9. Relief Valve Replacement (P/N 19C18191) (Figure 621) (Pre S.B. 103-25-39)
CAUTION: PULL MOUNTING PATCH OFF SLIDE BODY SLOWLY,

SO TUBE FABRIC DOES NOT TEAR.
A. To replace a defective relief valve, insert a blunt edged knife under the
edge of the existing relief valve mounting patch.
CAUTION: USE EXTREME CAUTION WHEN CEMENTING AND
INSTALLING THE RELIEF VALVE, SO THE TUBE FAB-
RIC DOES NOT BECOME CEMENTED TOGETHER.
B. Clean and cement around relief valve hole in the slide body and the
replacement relief valve mounting patch per instructions in Paragraph
3.A.
C. Position the replacement relief valve in the relief valve hole and starting
at one edge roll the relief valve mounting patch into place. Apply pres-
sure all around using a hand roller.
D. Apply reflective finish per Paragraph 5.
Page 634
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
BLUNT END
KNIFE
REMOVE MALFUNCTIONAL
RELIEF VALVE
INFLATABLE
FABRIC
REPLACEMENT
RELIEF VALVE
INFLATABLE
FABRIC
HOLE IN FABRIC
CEMENT AREA
RELIEF VALVE REPLACEMENT

FIGURE 621
Page 635
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
10. Lamp Harness Removal (IPL Figure 1 only)
A. The slide assembly should be inflated to approximately 1.5 psig (1.03

N/cm2). Open light harness retainer at runway end of slide. Pull lamp
harness (465A) outboard from runway tube sleeve section only.
B. With tape, attach an 18 Ft. (5.5 m) length of cord to the end of each
lamp harness on the runway end of the slide. Withdraw lamp harness
from girt end of sleeve assembly until cord appears. Untie cord from
end of harness and allow cord to remain in sleeve to facilitate installa-
tion of new harness.
C. Disconnect lamp harness (465A) at two red disconnect plugs near
power unit (475) using insert/extract tool (Table 602, Figure 622).
D. Momentarily remove light actuating lanyard pin (485) from the power
unit and remove power unit from its holder. Immediately reinsert lan-
yard pin and tape the lanyard to the power unit to ensure retention.
(IPL Figure 5 only)
A. The slide should be inflated to approximately 1.5 psig (1.03 N/cm2).
B. Starting from the girt end of the slide, remove tape and disconnect the
lamp harness from wire keeper on left hand side of the slide assembly.
C. Disconnect the lamp harness (445) at two red disconnect plugs near
power unit (430D) using insert/extract tool (Table 602, Figure 622).
D. With tape, attach a 16 Ft. (4.9 m) length of cord to the end of the lamp
harness (445) right hand side. Withdraw lamp harness from girt end of
sleeve assembly until cord appears. Untie cord from end of harness
and allow core to remain in sleeve to facilitate installation of new har-
ness.
E. Momentarily remove light activating lanyard pin (455) from the power
unit and remove power unit from the pocket. Immediately reinsert lan-
yard pin and tape the lanyard to the power unit to ensure retention.
Page 636
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
EXTRACTION INSERTION
1. Bend lead wire at 90 ° angle and insert 1. Bend wire into insert (red) section of tool,
into extract (white) section of tool. as shown.
90°
90°
2. Holding wire in groove, slide it forward 2. Holding wire in groove, slide it forward
until wire is completely embedded until wire is completely embedded
within groove of tool. in groove.
LEAD WIRE
LEAD WIRE
EXTRACTION SIDE EXTRACTION SIDE
OF TOOL OF TOOL
PIN CONTACT PIN CONTACT

JUNCTION DEVICE JUNCTION DEVICE
3. Pull back excess wire until tip of extract 3. Pull back excess wire until pin contact is
tool is thoroughly inside rubber portion firmly located at outer tip of tool. Insert
of junction device. Gently pull on tool pin contact into junction device until a
and lead wire to remove pin contact. locking snap is felt, then remove tool.
USE OF INSERT/EXTRACT TOOL

FIGURE 622
Page 637
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
11. Lamp Harness Replacement (D29835-Series only) (Figure 623) (IPL Figure 1)
A. Remove light activating lanyard from end of power unit.

B. Insert power unit into two webbing holders with switch end (hole for
lanyard pin) facing snap patch.
C. Insert light activating lanyard pin into power unit receptacle. Route one
strand of breakaway thread (Table 603) through lanyard loop and
through holes in power unit pin protector, pull taught, and tie off with
square knots (Figure 624, Detail “A”).
NOTE: Activating lanyard will be attached to the slide (snap patch)
during the folding procedure.
D. Attach replacement harness to tie cord left inside harness sleeve to
facilitate harness installation.
CAUTION: ENSURE THAT LIGHT HARNESS HAS NO TWISTS AND
THAT LAMP BASES ARE FLAT TO SLIDE AND POSI-
TIONED AS SHOWN.
E. Pull the cord with new harness attached through each runway tube
light sleeve until the last two lamps are located in each runway tube
sleeve to the dimensions shown.
F. Fold harness per Figure 624, Detail “B” between runway sleeve and
harness retainer. Close retainer to hold in position.
G. Pull the cord to extend the remaining length of the harness through the
sleeve to its true length on the main body tube; remove the cord.
H. Feed the lamp harness wires through keeper patches and attach to
power unit red connectors using red end of insert/extract tool Figure
622.
Page 638
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
ACTIVATING LANYARD
POWER UNIT RED CONNECTORS
POWER UNIT HOLDER
RUNWAY
SLEEVE
HARNESS
WIRE SLEEVE
WIRE KEEPER
LAMP
12 In. (304.8 mm)
LAMP HARNESS REPLACEMENT

D29835-SERIES ONLY
FIGURE 623
Page 639
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
BREAKAWAY
THREAD
SQUARE
O-RING KNOT
LANYARD
PIN
BREAKAWAY
THREAD
POWER
UNIT PIN PROTECTOR
LANYARD O-RING
PIN
LANYARD LOOP
LANYARD
DETAIL “A”
LIGHT HARNESS
45° FOLD
HARNESS
RETAINER DETAIL “B”
(HOOK/PILE)

FIGURE 624
Page 640
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
11. Lamp Harness Replacement (Cont’d) (22D22900-147 only)

A. Remove light activating lanyard from end of power unit.
B. Insert power unit into power unit pocket with switch end (hole for lan-
yard ON/OFF pin) facing toward snap patch (Figure 626).
C. Insert light activating lanyard pin into power unit receptacle. Route one
strand of breakaway thread (Table 603) through lanyard loop and
through holes in power unit pin protector, pull taught, and tie off with
square not (Figure 624, Detail “A”).
NOTE: Activating lanyard will be attached to the slide (snap patch)
during the folding procedure.
D. Attach replacement harnesses to tie cord left inside harness sleeve to
facilitate harness installation.
CAUTION: ENSURE THAT LIGHT HARNESS HAS NO TWISTS AND
THAT LAMP BASES ARE FLAT TO SLIDE AND POSI-
TIONED AS SHOWN.
E. Pull the cord through the light sleeve starting on the left hand side (girt
end), (Figure 625). Pass light harness through runway sleeve and
down through right hand light sleeve.
F. Fold harness at retainers, both sides on runway end per Figure 625.
G. Attach light harness to wire keeper on left hand side. Fold and tape as
shown in Figure 625.
H. Feed lamp harness wires through keeper patches and attach to power
unit red connectors using red end of insert/extract tool (Table 602, Fig-
ure 622).
Page 641
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
ACTIVATING LANYARD
POWER
RED UNIT
CONNECTORS
(2) WRAPS
TRANSPARENT
TAPE, 1/2 In.
WIDE (12.7 mm)
CL
LAMP HARNESS 50 ± 2 In.

WIRE (1270 ± 50.8 mm)
CL
34 ± 2 In.
(863.6 ± 50.8 mm)
LAMP
RETAINER
TYP. BOTH
SIDES
11 ± 1 In.
(279.4 ± 25.4 mm) CL SLIDE

22D22900-147 ONLY
FIGURE 625
Page 642
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
POWER UNIT
AND POCKET
RESERVOIR SLING
GIRT ASSEMBLY
(SILL END)
SNAP
LANYARD

22D22900-147
FIGURE 626
Page 643
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
12. Individual Lamp Housing Replacement
NOTE: *Individual replacement lamps, P/N A3-06-0761-007, A3-06-

0761-008, A3-06-0195-102 and A3-06-0195-103 are no longer
being manufactured. Entire lamp harness must be replaced.
A. Lamp housing assemblies which fail to illuminate after system deploy-
ments, or testing shall be repaired per the following procedure. There
is no limit to the number of lamp assemblies which may be replaced on
any single lamp harness.
B. To determine the replacement lamp housing part number, examine the
lamp to be repaired and compare it with the illustrations in Figures 627
and 628.
2 1/8 In.
(54 mm)
A B A
B 1 1/16 In.
(27 mm)
SECTION A-A SECTION B-B
*A3-06-0195 -102 ASSEMBLY

Replacement Lamp Assembly, Channel, without Shield, Tubular Lamp
2 1/8 In.
(54 mm)
A SHIELD
B A
B 1 1/16 In.
(27 mm)
SECTION A-A SECTION B-B
*A3-06-0195 -103 ASSEMBLY

Replacement Lamp Assembly, Channel, with Shield, Tubular Lamp
REPLACEMENT LAMPS
FIGURE 627
Page 644
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
LAMP
.12 In. .12 In.

(3.0 mm) (3.0 mm)
6.0 ± 0.5 In. 6.0 ± 0.5 In.
(152.4 ± 12.7 mm) (152.4 ± 12.7 mm)
LAMP
A3-06-0761 -001 ASSEMBLY A3-06-0761 -004 ASSEMBLY

Replacement Lamp Assembly, Replacement Lamp Assembly,
Welded, without Porches, One T1 Lamp Welded, without Porches, Two T1 Lamps
PORCH
.12 In. .12 In.

(3.0 mm) (3.0 mm)
6.0 ± 0.5 In. 6.0 ± 0.5 In.
(152.4 ± 12.7 mm) (152.4 ± 12.7 mm)
A3-06-0761 -005 ASSEMBLY A3-06-0761 -006 ASSEMBLY

Welded, with Porches, One T1 Lamp Welded, with Porches, Two T1 Lamps
.12 In. .12 In.

(3.0 mm) (3.0 mm)
6.0 ± 0.5 In. 6.0 ± 0.5 In.
(152.4 ± 12.7 mm) (152.4 ± 12.7 mm)
*A3-06-0761 -007 ASSEMBLY *A3-06-0761 -008 ASSEMBLY

Welded, with Porches, Two Led’s Welded, with Porches, One Tubular Lamp
REPLACEMENT LAMPS
FIGURE 628
Page 645
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
Page 646
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
12. Individual Lamp Housing Replacement (Cont’d) (IPL Figure 1)

C. Use repair materials in Table 604 to repair lamp housing.
D. Disconnect lamp harness from power supply.
E. Remove entire harness from Capran Sleeve.
CAUTION: PROTECT SYSTEM FABRIC FROM BEING BURNED BY
SOLDERING IRON OR HOT SOLDER BY USING A
NON-ABRASIVE SHIELD AND DAMP PAPER TOWEL
BETWEEN SYSTEM AND LAMP HARNESS.
F. Use a small sharp knife to carefully remove all heat shrink coverings on
the existing lamp housing. (See Figure 629)
G. Use an indelible black marker to trace the outline of the ends of the
lamp housing containing the damaged lamp. These outlines will be
used to help locate the replacement lamp housing assembly.
NOTE: It is important to position replacement lamp housing in the
same location as the existing housing.
H. Use a pair of slip lock pliers (Table 604) to break the ultrasonic welds
between the upper and lower housing halves. Separate using a flat
head screwdriver.
CAUTION: EXCESSIVE HEAT FROM SOLDERING IRON CAN
DAMAGE FLAT CONDUCTOR.
I. Remove the lamp by desoldering. Use an appropriate solder remover
to eliminate any protruding solder (approximate 600°F).
J. Remove the reflector.
K. Overlay the replacement lamp housing assembly on the existing flat
conductor, position the replacement lamp housing so that the black
marker tracings are aligned with the new housing.
L. Mark the location of the exposed tin plated copper conductor of the
replacement lamp housing on the existing flat conductor (4 places).
Page 647
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
M. Using a soldering iron (Table 604) with a screwdriver or chisel tip, care-
fully melt away the upper layer of mylar insulation for approximately 3/8
in. over each tin plated copper conductor on the existing flat conductor
where marked.
NOTE: Visually examine each tin plated copper conductor to verify
that the mylar has been completely removed.
N. Deposit a small amount of solder on each of the four exposed tin plated
copper conductors on the existing flat conductor using a soldering iron
with a conical soldering tip.
NOTE: Visually verify that the solder has not bridged or shorted the tin
plated copper conductors.
O. Position the replacement lamp housing assembly over the existing flat
conductor, hold in position, and solder the replacement lamp housing
assembly to the existing flat conductor using a conical soldering tip.
NOTE: Assure that all solder flux has been removed from the solder
joints, with alcohol, within one hour of the soldering operation.
P. Visually examine the solder joints for solder bridging, protrusions,
dewetting, insufficient or excessive solder, solder droplets, solder balls
or embedded flux.
Q. Test lamp harness using a Test Unit (Testing section) to assure proper
solder joint.
R. Wrap the joints and the surrounding flat conductor with a minimum of
three wraps of Mylar tape (3/8 In. (9.5 mm) wide, 2 mils thick, Table
604). The wrapping must extend a minimum of one inch past the cen-
terline of the solder joints in each direction.
S. Retest the lighting system per instructions outlined in the Testing sec-
tion.
T. Reinstall lamp harness into Capran Sleeve (See Figures 623 or 625).
Page 648
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
1.
HEAT SHRINK EXISTING LAMP ASSEMBLY
HOUSING
MARK EDGE OF LAMP HOUSING
ON FLAT CONDUCTOR, BOTH SIDES
REFLECTOR
2. LAMP (PIGTAIL SHOWN)
SOLDER (TYPICAL)
MARKINGS
SOLDERING IRON SOLDER WICK

CONICAL TIP (SOLDER REMOVAL MATERIAL)
SOLDERING IRON REPLACEMENT LAMP ASSEMBLY

CHISEL TIP REMOVE UPPER
LAYER OF MYLAR
MARK LOCATION FOR
3. MARKINGS
MYLAR REMOVAL
EXISTING FLAT CABLE
POSITION REPLACEMENT
EXISTING
4. LAMP ASSEMBLY AND SOLDER
TO EXISTING FLAT CONDUCTOR
DEPOSIT SOLDER VISUALLY INSPECT

SOLDER JOINTS
5. TAPE (3 TURNS MIN.)
LAMP REPAIR SEQUENCE

FIGURE 629
Page 649
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
13. Self Luminous Inflation Pull Handle Repair, Shipping, Special Instructions
NOTE: These instructions are for Self luminous Pull Handles,

P/Ns B17529-1, B17529-105, and B17529-109, Prior to S.B.
201-25-9. The following instructions have been issued in S.I.L.
114-77-1. These instructions do not apply to Pull Handle
P/N B17529-119. Although the self luminous handle emit radi-
ation quantities far below hazardous levels, the instructions
herein are offered to minimize exposure in the event that a
handle is broken.
CAUTION: DO NOT ATTEMPT TO REMOVE THE WEBBING FROM
THE HANDLE ASSEMBLY SINCE THIS WOULD
INVOLVE DISASSEMBLY OF THE DAMAGED HANDLE
AND UNNECESSARY EXPOSURE TO RADIOACTIVE
MATERIAL.
A. Cut and remove existing cable from handle.
B. Place the broken handle assembly in a metal can (paint can is suffi-
cient) and cushion with dunnage.
C. Seal lid of metal can tightly.
D. Place a tag on the sealed can having the following information in 1/2 In.
(12.7 mm) red letters:
“CAN CONTAINS A BROKEN HANDLE ASSEMBLY FOR WASTE

DISPOSAL”
QUANTITY:_______EACH
PART NUMBER:____________________
E. Place the metal can in a shipping container.

F. Packing slip should be identified as a “Radioactive Material”. Transport
Route 4; no label required.
G. Ship to:
NRD, Inc.
2937 Alt Blvd. N.
P.O. Box 310
Grand Island, NY
14072-1220
(Cage Code V5K923)
Page 650
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
14. Slip Binding Replacement (Figure 630) (P/N 22D22900 only) (S.B. 103-25-10)
NOTE: Slip binding on girt must be replaced if worn.

A. Remove detachable girt per Disassembly section.
B. Cut threads joining pile fastener (1 1/2 In./38.1 mm) to the girt assem-
bly (Figure 630). Retain pile fastener.
REMOVE AND RETAIN

PILE FASTENER
(1 X 1 1/2 In)
REMOVE AND DISCARD (25.4 X 38.1 mm)
SLIP BINDING
GIRT BAR (REFERENCE)
REINFORCING COLLAR REMOVE STITCHING
ORIGINAL SLIP
GIRT BINDING
PILE FASTENER REMOVAL

FIGURE 630
Page 651
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
C. Cut threads joining both fabric slip bindings to girt assembly. Discard
slip bindings (Figure 630).
D. Install replacement slip binding (2 1/4 x 4 In. (57.15 x 101.6 mm) cut
from M11673 fabric) as shown in Figure 631.
E. Cement per Paragraph 3.A.(1) through (10).
REINSTALL PILE
FASTENER IN ORIGINAL
LOCATION
INSTALL SLIP BINDING (1 X 1 1/2 In.)
(2 1/2 X 4 In.) (25.4 X 38.1 mm)
(57.15 X 101.6 mm)
BUTT OPPOSITE
END OF SLIP B
BINDING WITH
GIRT CROTCH B GIRT BAR
(REF)
1 1/8 In.
(28.5 mm)
REINFORCING
COLLAR
BUTT SLIP BINDING

IN EACH CORNER GIRT
SECTION B-B
OF CUTOUT
SLIP BINDING
PILE, FASTENER
GIRT BAR (REF)
REINSTALL SLIP BINDING

FIGURE 631
Page 652
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
15. Valve/Regulator Repair
A. Replace parts that are damaged. (See Check, Disassembly, and

Assembly sections for instructions).
B. For repairs which are not addressed in this document, call or consult
Air Cruisers Company for repair or replacement.
Page 653
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
16. Relief Valve Screw Replacement (Figure 632) (Ref. S.I.L. 25-117)
(Pre S.B. 103-25-39)
NOTE: These instructions are for P/N 19C18191-Series relief valves.

The instructions herein are for the replacement of all four steel
button head multi spline screws with stainless steel button
head hex socket screws if corrosion is present on any one
screw.
NOTE: Replace all four screws. Do not mix steel spline screws and
stainless steel screws.
A. Disengage snap fasteners (3 places) on relief valve cover and remove
cover.
CAUTION: REMOVE AND REPLACE ONE SCREW AT A TIME TO
PREVENT CLAMP FROM POPPING OFF.
B. Using a spline key (Bristol Key) (Table 602), remove spline screw
located in position 1 as shown in illustration.
C. Cover threads of replacement stainless steel screw, P/N 64064-1
(Table 602) with RTV 732 sealant (Table 603).
D. Place stainless steel screw in clamp of relief valve, at position #1 as
shown in illustration, and screw in 3/4 of the way. Torque the screw to
32 In. Lb. (3.6 N-m) using a torque screw driver and allen wrench (hex
key) (Table 602).
E. Repeat steps B through D on remaining screws located in positions 2,
3, and 4 as shown in illustration.
F. After all replacement screws are installed, fill the hex socket of each
screw completely with RTV 732 sealant (Table 603).
G. After sealant has dried, replace relief valve cover over relief valve and
engage snap fasteners (3 places).
Page 654
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
SNAP FASTENER
(3 PLACES)
RELIEF VALVE
COVER
INSTALL
STAINLESS STEEL REMOVE
SCREW SPLINE SCREW
RELIEF
VALVE 1 CLAMP
4 3
RELIEF VALVE SCREW REPLACEMENT

FIGURE 632
Page 655
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
17. Light Sleeve Repair or Replacement (Figure 633)
A. Tears or Punctures
(1). Clean the damaged area with a solvent (Table 601) dampened
cloth and blow dry with compressed air.
(2). Apply a clear cellulose tape (Table 603) over the damaged area
on the lighting sleeve.
B. Replacement
(1). Carefully cut and remove the stitching securing the clear
sleeving to the tape. Remove the clear sleeving and the remain-
ing threads to provide as flat a surface as possible for installing
the replacement assembly.
(2). Inflate and maintain the slide at 1.5 psig (1.03 N/cm2) until the
cement has cured.
CAUTION: JOIN SURFACES IMMEDIATELY AFTER ACTIVATING
TO PREVENT DRY SEAMS. DO NOT ACTIVATE MORE
THEN 12 INCHES (31 CM) OF SEAM AT A TIME.
(3). Apply three (3) coats of applicable cement (Table 601) to the
lighting sleeve tape (underside). Activate cemented surfaces and
install the replacement assembly directly over the existing tape
on the slide.
Page 656
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
REMOVE CLEAR SLEEVING
INSTALL REPLACEMENT
ASSEMBLY
REMOVE REMAINING
THREAD
CEMENT
CEMENT HERE
HERE
EXISTING TAPE
LIGHTING SLEEVE REPLACEMENT

FIGURE 633
Page 657, 22 Nov 2007

25-60-34 Page 658, Blank
D29835 22D22900
TABLE OF CONTENTS
ASSEMBLY
Page
1. Assembly Materials 702
2. Assembly Equipment 704
3. Assembly Tools 706
4. Preparatory Safety Instructions 710
5. Valve Assembly (D18259) 711
6. Valve Assembly (D29517) 718
7. Valve/Regulator Assembly (D18294) 728
8. Valve/Regulator Assembly Pull Force Test 737
9. Regulator Calibration (D29517 and D18294 valves only) 738
10. Assemble Reservoir and Valve Assembly 741
11. Charge Reservoir and Valve Assembly 748
12. Reservoir and Valve Assembly Leakage Test 758
13. Inflate/Deflate Valve Installation 759
14. Aspirator Installation 760
15. Relief Valve Assembly (64154-5) 764
16. Slide Folding 765
17. Storage Instructions 765
Page 701
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
1. Assembly Materials (Table 701)

request.

Braycote Micronic 601 As Castrol Interior O-ring lubri-
No. 601 Required Industrial cant.
NA Inc.
V1ZDW6
Krytox 240AZ As E. I. Dupont Exterior O-ring lubri-
Required V9V583 cant.
Royco 13CF As Anderol, Inc. Exterior O-ring lubri-
Required V07950 cant.
Torque Seal As Commercially Sealant applied to
Required Available torqued fittings.
Thread and Detent Lubricant As McGee Threaded fitting lubri-
McLube 1720L and 1190 Required Industries, Inc. cant.
V04672
Nickel Coated Teflon Tape As Air Cruisers Co. Prevents leakage
M12243 Required V70167 from pipe threaded fit-
tings (gage).
Leak Test Solution, Clear As Commercially Determines leakage
Ivory Liquid Detergent ♦ Required Available of inflatable assem-
blies.
water.
Soft Bristle Brush ♦ 1 Commercially Applies leak test solu-
Available tion
ASSEMBLY MATERIALS
Page 702
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900

Isopropyl Alcohol As Commercially Mild cleaner for aspi-
((CH3)2CHOH) Required Available rator flapper valves,
packboards, and sol-
der joints.
Loctite 242 Adhesive As Loctite Sealant applied to
(Removable Threadlocker) Required Corporation screw threads.
V05972
Dow Corning 55M As Dow Corning Gasket/washer lubri-
or equivalent to Required Corporation cant.
Mil-G-4343 V5D028
Talc or Powdered Soapstone As Commercially Prevents joining of
Required Available areas of exposed
cement, reflective
coating compound, or
stencil ink.
Tape, Green ♦ As Commercially Provides chafe pro-
1.0 In. (25.4 mm) wide Required Available tection from metal fit-
PPP-T-60-1 tings.
2.0 In. (50.8 mm) wide
PPP-T-60-2
Tape, Black Fire Retardant♦ As Permacel, A Provides chafe pro-
1.0 In. (25.4 mm) wide Required Nitto Denko Co. tection from metal fit-
P-29-1 or P-295-1 V99742 tings.
2.0 In. (50.8 mm) wide
P-29-2 or P-295-2
ASSEMBLY MATERIALS
Page 703
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
2. Assembly Equipment (Table 702)

request.

Available and valve assembly dur-
or ing assembly/overhaul/
Air Cruisers Co. maintenance/testing.
P/N 65455-101
(711.2 x 101.6 x 3.2 mm)
Calibration Fixture 1 Air Cruisers Co. Mounting apparatus for
65011-101 V70167 valve regulator calibra-
tion.
Force Gage, 1 Commercially Determines valve actu-
Push/Pull Gage Available ating pull force.
0 - 50 Lb. with 0.5 Lb.
graduations ♦
Bottle Fitting Adapter 1 Commercially Used in valve leakage
25B17449-103 Available testing.
Safety Cap 1 Commercially Seals valve outlet port to
(Valve Outlet Port) Available prohibit leakage, dam-
AN929-8 age, and contamination.
Safety Plug 1 Commercially Seals valve outlet port to
(Valve Outlet Port) Available prohibit leakage, dam-
AN814-10 or AS5169-10 age, and contamination.
ASSEMBLY EQUIPMENT
Page 704
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900

Master Gage/Adapter 1 Air Cruisers Co. Calibrated pressure
Assembly V70167 readings of reservoir
65425-101 ♦ or ♦ equivalent and valve assembly.
gage per 49
CFR 180.205
Outlet Port Adapter 1 Air Cruisers Co. Attaches master gage
65346-101 V70167 to valve outlet port for
(D29517 and D18294 reservoir and valve
valves) assembly pressure
reading.
Adapter, Valve Outlet Swivel 1 Eastern Aero Attaches outlet swivel
221501-8-4S Supply port on valve during
(D18259 valves) V56555 pressure gage cali-
bration check.
High Pressure Chuck 1 Air Cruisers Co. Mounting apparatus
B19750-1 or TO3836 V70167 for valve assembly/
testing.
ASSEMBLY EQUIPMENT
Page 705
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
3. Assembly Tools (Table 703)

request.

Tool - Adapter, Inflate/Deflate 1 Air Cruisers Co. Connects /pressure
Valve V70167 gage to inflate/deflate
23D19238-1 valve for inflatable
assembly pressure
reading.
Tool - Charging Adapter to 1 Air Cruisers Co. Filler valve adapter for
Filler Valve (with O-ring which V70167 reservoir and valve
conforms to NAS1611-008) assembly charging.
B19285-1
Tool - Filler Valve Unseating 1 Air Cruisers Co. Opens filler valve for
B19286-1 V70167 charging/bleeding.
Tool - Seat Forming 1 General Pre-forms valve
24B19262-0 Pneumatics assembly ball seat.
(D18294 valve) Corp.
V08996
Adapter, Vacuum 1 Air Cruisers Co. Adapts vacuum to
D14057-101 V70167 aspirator to remove
air from inflatable sub-
assembly.
Tool - Detent Pin 1 Air Cruisers Co. Installs detent pin.
24B19261-1 V70167
(D18259 and D29517 valves)
ASSEMBLY TOOLS
Page 706
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900

Tool - Seat Installation 1 General Installs valve assem-
T527G-2 Pneumatics bly ball seat.
Corp.
V08996
Adapter -Torque Wrench 1 Air Cruisers Co. Used with breaker
(Bottle Fitting to Reservoir) V70167 bar/torque wrench for
B19586-3 valve to reservoir
installation.
Tool - Installation/Removal, 1 Mirada Installs/removes
and Handle Research & inflate/deflate and
B51025 and A51280 Mfg. Co. relief valves.
V08407
Kit, O-Ring Tools 1 Air Cruisers Co. Protects o-rings from
67189-1 V70167 threaded fittings dur-
ing installation.
Tool - Inserting Coupling Pin 1 Air Cruisers Co. Used to insert cou-
(Spring) in Pulley V70167 pling pin into pulley.
23B19261-1
ASSEMBLY TOOLS
Page 707
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900

request.

TO4853 ♦ 70167 valve/regulator.
Pressure Chuck 1 Air Cruisers Co. Mounting apparatus
65712-1 70167 for valve testing.
Hose Assembly 1 Air Cruisers Co. Connects chuck to
63727-105 70167 machine for testing.
Adapter, Pressure Chuck 1 Air Cruisers Co. Adapts chuck to
66048-4 70167 hose for testing.
O-Ring 1 Air Cruisers Co. Prevents fitting leak-
9464K11 70167 age.
O-Ring 1 Air Cruisers Co. Prevents fitting leak-
B14056-907 70167 age.
Plug, MS Gage Port, with 1 Air Cruisers Co. Seals port.
O-Ring 70167
4GP
Plug, Pipe Thread Gage Port 1 Air Cruisers Co. Seals port.
T2PP 70167
Plug, Fusible Plug Port, with 1 Air Cruisers Co. Seals port.
O-Ring 70167
6GP
Plug, Burst Disc Port 1 Air Cruisers Co. Seals port.
65714-1 70167
VALVE PROOF PRESSURE TEST TOOLS

TABLE 704
Page 708
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
Page 709
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
4. Preparatory Safety Instructions
WARNING: WHEN USING SOLVENTS, CEMENTS, OR OTHER

CHEMICAL BASED PRODUCTS, REFER TO THE
APPLICABLE MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET (MSDS)
FOR SPECIFIC GUIDELINES ON PROPER PERSONAL
PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT, STORAGE, HANDLING,
AND VENTILATION REQUIREMENTS.
Page 710
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
5. Valve Assembly (D18259) (IPL Figure 4)
A. Assemble Sub-Assemblies
CAUTION: DO NOT APPLY PETROLEUM BASED COMPOUNDS
TO O-RINGS.
NOTE: Use of recommended O-ring installation tools (Table 703) is
essential to reservoir and valve performance and air retention
capabilities.
(1). Liberally coat all external O-rings (100A, 210A, 270A, 360A) with
a thin film of Braycote Micronic 601, Krytox 240AZ, or Royco
13CF (Table 701).
CAUTION: BRAYCOTE MICRONIC 601 IS THE ONLY APPROVED
LUBRICANT FOR INTERNAL VALVE COMPONENTS.
(2). Liberally coat shaft bearing (320A), ball seat (380A), flow ball
(170A), ball guide (160A), shaft O-ring (330A), back-up ring
(340B), shims (310A), and ball spring (150A) with a thin film of
Braycote Micronic 601 (Table 701) such that the lubricant can be
plainly seen on all surfaces.
(3). Install shaft bearing (320A) onto shaft (300A) with shim (310A) on
either side.
(4). Install O-ring (330A), using appropriate O-ring tool from kit (Fig-
ure 703), and backup ring (340B) onto shaft.
(5). Coat thread and detent lubricant McLube 1720L (Table 701) in
valve body (350A) recess, which contacts detent pin (70A).
(6). Place a new flow ball seat (380A) into valve body (350A) seat
recess and press into position with a finger. Place seat forming
tool (Table 703) in a light duty arbor press and bottom the seat in
the recess. Examine the seat. It must be concentric with and uni-
formly bottomed in the recess and be free of surface imperfec-
tions.
CAUTION: ENSURE COUPLING PIN IS NOT DEFORMED OR
SCRATCHED.
(7). Press a new coupling pin (80A) into pulley (50A) using tool
23B19261-1(Table 703).
(8). Install O-ring (100A) onto rupture disc (90A) and onto filler valve
(110C) using appropriate O-ring tool from kit (Table 703).
Page 711
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
(9). Place O-ring (210A) on outlet bolt (190A). Insert outlet bolt (190A)
through outlet swivel (200A) and install O-ring (210A) to threaded
end of outlet bolt. Install O-ring (100A) to outlet fitting (220A)
using appropriate O-ring tool from kit (Table 703).
(10). Coat all straight male threads on rupture disc (90A), filler valve
(110C), and small threads on bottle fitting (140A) with thread
lubricant McLube 1720L (Table 701) and let dry.
(11). Install O-ring (270A) on adapter screw (260A) using appropriate
O-ring tool from kit (Table 703).
(12). Install bearing (20A) in cover plate (30A).
Page 712
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
5. Valve Assembly (D18259) (Cont’d) (Figure 701) (IPL Figure 4)

B. Assemble Valve Section
(1). Coat edges of pulley (50A) and inside wall, all around, of pulley
housing with thread lubricant McLube 1720L (Table 701) and let
dry.
CAUTION: ENSURE TANGS OF SHAFT ARE PARALLEL (NOT
SPREAD) AND THAT COUPLING PIN IS NOT
SCRATCHED OR DEFORMED.
(2). Insert shaft (300A) slotted end first, through bottle fitting port and
into center hole in pulley housing of valve body (350A). Press in
firmly with a finger ensuring that shaft projects above pulley sur-
face and rotates freely. Place lower pulley bearing (40A) on pul-
ley surface.
(3). Insert detent spring (60A) and pin (70A) in hole in pulley (50A)
from below, so that pin projects through top of pulley.
(4). Hold spring and pin in place in pulley and insert assembly into
body (350A). Press pulley down firmly so that coupling pin (80A)
engages slot in top of shaft (300A). Support shaft from below so
as to avoid dislodging shaft from valve body.
(5). Place upper pulley bearing (40A) on pulley (50A). Place cover
plate (30A) with bearing (20A) so that the detent pin projects
through slot in cover plate and cover plate tab engages slot in
valve body (350A). Snap retaining ring (10A) in annular groove in
body to retain plate and pulley assembly.
(6). Lift detent pin (70A) using needle nose pliers and a 3/16 In. hex
key inserted in center of pulley, turn to the left until the detent pin
is aligned with the black arrow (valve closed position) on cover
plate (30A). This will locate shaft tang (300A) in position to
engage the slot in flow ball (170A).
(7). With the valve oriented as shown in Figure 701, insert flow ball
(170A) positioned as shown, through port so that flow ball slot
engages the shaft (300A) tang.
NOTE: With the valve in the “closed position” look through the bottle
fitting port; you should not be able to see through the flow ball.
With the valve in the “open position” look into the bottle fitting
port; you should be able to see through the flow ball.
Page 713
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
(8). Install ball guide (160A) with the chamfer against the ball, then
insert spring (150A). Ensure spring is properly seated in the ball
guide counterbore and hold in position.
(9). Install bottle fitting (with spring centered against spacer in coun-
terbore) in body (350A). Tighten, using open end wrench. Lift the
detent pin (70A) and rotate pulley several times with a 3/16 In.
hex key. The assembled parts must function smoothly without
binding.
Page 714
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
OPEN TO RESERVOIR
SHAFT TANG SLOT FLOW BALL
OPEN TO RUPTURE DISC
CLOSED TO OUTLET PORT
BOTTLE FITTING PORT

GAGE PORT
RUPTURE DISC
PORT
VALVE BODY
SHAFT TANG
SHAFT
DETENT PIN
VALVE IN CLOSED POSITION
FLOW BALL ORIENTATION

FIGURE 701
Page 715
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
5. Valve Assembly (D18259) (Cont’d) (IPL Figure 4)

C. Valve Section Final Assembly
(1). Install pressure gage into gage swivel adapter (280A) per Para-
graph 9.F.
(2). Slide gage protector shell (240B) over fitting and tighten the three
(3) setscrews (230A).
(3). Install the rupture disc (90A) with O-ring (100A) in the valve body
and tighten (Table 801).
(4). Install the filler valve (110C) with O-ring (100A) in the valve body
(5). Insert the ball end of the valve release cable assembly (80A, IPL
Figure 3) through the opening in the valve body to engage notch
in pulley.
(6). Lift detent pin (70A) with needle nose pliers and using a 3/16 In.
hex key inserted in center of pulley, rotate the pulley until the pul-
ley stop pin is aligned with black triangular index mark (valve
Closed position) on the cover plate pin. Coil and tape cable to
reservoir.
Page 716
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900

D. Valve Leakage Test
WARNING: ENSURE THAT VALVE OUTLET PORT IS OPEN (NOT
PLUGGED) AND VALVE IS IN THE CLOSED POSITION
(PULLEY STOP PIN ALIGNED WITH BLACK ARROW).
WARNING: EXERCISE EXTREME CARE WHEN HANDLING
CHARGED VALVE/REGULATOR ASSEMBLY.
(1). Apply 3000 psig (2067 N/cm2) to valve assembly through the
charging adapter tool (Table 703).
(2). Remove valve assembly from charging apparatus and let valve
sit undisturbed for 16 hours.
(3). After 16 hours, inspect gage. No pressure drop as indicated by
gage reading permissible.
CAUTION: DO NOT SUBMERGE PRESSURE GAGE DURING
LEAKAGE TEST.
(4). If pressure loss is detected, immerse valve in water, deep enough
to include all threaded connections and inspect for leaks, escap-
ing air bubbles.
NOTE: If leaks are not detected on valve, apply leak test solution with
brush (Table 701) over entire gage.
NOTE: If the valve leaks, discharge gas, disassemble, check all seal-
ing areas to determine cause, reassemble and retest.
(5). Remove the valve assembly with bottle fitting adapter from the
water and dry with compressed air.
Page 717
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
6. Valve Assembly (D29517) (IPL Figure 7)
TO O-RINGS.
capabilities.
(1). Liberally coat all external O-rings (110, 150, 230) with a thin film
of Braycote Micronic 601, Krytox 240AZ, or Royco 13CF (Table
701).
(2). Coat shaft bearing (280), shims (270), back-up ring (250A), shaft
O-ring (260), ball seat (190), flow ball (185), ball guide (170), and
ball spring (160) with a thin film of Braycote Micronic 601 (Table
701) such that the lubricant can be plainly seen on all surfaces.
(3). Install shaft bearing (280) onto shaft (240) with shim (270) on
either side.
(4). Install O-ring (260), using appropriate tool from kit (Table 703),
and backup ring (250A) onto shaft .
(5). Coat thread and detent lubricant McLube 1720L (Table 701) in
valve body (10A) recess, which contacts detent pin (90).
CAUTION: DO NOT DAMAGE SEAT DURING INSTALLATION.
CAUTION: EXAMINE THE SEAT; IT MUST BE CONCENTRIC WITH
AND UNIFORMLY BOTTOMED IN THE VALVE BODY
RECESS AND BE FREE OF SURFACE IMPERFEC-
TIONS.
(6). Place a new flow ball seat (190) into valve body (10A) seat
recess and press into position with a finger. Place seat forming
tool (Table 703) in a light duty arbor press and bottom the seat in
the recess. Examine the seat. It must be concentric with and uni-
formly bottomed in the recess and be free of surface imperfec-
tions.
WARNING: ENSURE COUPLING PIN IS NOT DEFORMED OR
SCRATCHED.
Page 718
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
(7). Press a new coupling pin (80) into pulley (60) using tool
23B19261-1(Table 703).
(8). Install O-ring (110) onto burst disc (295) and onto filler valve
(105A) using appropriate O-ring tool from kit (Table 703).
Page 719
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900

(1). Coat edges of pulley (60) and inside wall, all around, of pulley
housing with thread lubricant McLube 1720L (Table 701) and let
dry.
(2). Insert shaft (240) slotted end first, through bottle fitting port and
into center hole in pulley housing of valve body (10A). Press in
firmly with a finger ensuring that shaft projects above pulley sur-
face and rotates freely. Place lower pulley bearing (50) on pulley
surface.
(3). Insert detent spring (75) and pin (90) in hole in pulley (60) from
below, so that pin projects through top of pulley.
(4). Hold spring and pin in place in pulley and insert assembly into
body (10A). Press pulley down firmly so that coupling pin (80)
engages slot in top of shaft (240). Support shaft from below so as
to avoid dislodging shaft from valve body.
(5). Place upper pulley bearing (50) on pulley (60). Place cover plate
(30) with bearing (40) so that the detent pin projects through slot
in cover plate and cover plate tab engages slot in valve body
(10A). Snap retaining ring (20) in annular groove in body to retain
plate and pulley assembly.
(6). Lift detent pin (90) using needle nose pliers and a 3/16 In. hex
key inserted in center of pulley, turn to the left until the detent pin
is aligned with the black arrow (valve closed position) on cover
plate (30). This will locate shaft tang (240) in position to engage
the slot in flow ball (185).
(7). With the valve oriented as shown in Figure 702, insert flow ball
(185) positioned as shown, through port so that flow ball slot
engages the shaft (240) tang.
NOTE: With the valve in the “closed position” look through the bottle
fitting port; you should not be able to see through the flow ball.
With the valve in the “open position” look into the bottle fitting
port; you should be able to see through the flow ball.
Page 720
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
(8). Install ball guide (170) with the chamfer against the ball, then
insert spring (160). Ensure spring is properly seated in the ball
guide counterbore and hold in position.
(9). Install bottle fitting (with spring centered against spacer in coun-
terbore) in body (10A). Tighten, using open end wrench. Lift the
detent pin (90) and rotate pulley several times with a 3/16 In. hex
key. The assembled parts must function smoothly without bind-
ing.
OPEN TO RESERVOIR
CHAMFERED HOLE
OPEN TO RELIEF OPEN TO PRESSURE GAGE
DEVICE
FLOW BALL
CLOSED TO VALVE OPEN TO FILLER VALVE

OUTLET
RESERVOIR PORT
GAGE PORT
SHAFT
PIN IN PULLEY
FILLER VALVE PORT

DETENT PIN
VALVE IN CLOSED POSITION
FLOW BALL ORIENTATION

FIGURE 702
Page 721
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900

C. Hydrostatic Proof Pressure Test
NOTE: Use Hydrostatic Test Machine TO4853 and components listed
in Table 704.
NOTE: Gage is not installed during proof test.
WARNING: ENSURE ADEQUATE SAFETY MEASURES ARE TAKEN
PRIOR TO PRESSURIZING.
(1). Apply a thin coat of Royco 13CF (Table 701) onto O-rings already
supplied with MS gage port and fusible plug ports 4GP and 6GP.
(2). Remove burst disc, fusible plug and gage, and install plugs into
ports. See Figure 703.
(3). Apply a thin coat of Royco 13CF (Table 701) onto O-rings
9464K11 and B14056-907 and install onto manifold adapter
66048-4 and burst disc port plug respectfully. See Figure 703.
(4). Apply teflon tape (Table 701) to pressure chuck adapter 66048-4
as follows:
(a). Thoroughly clean and degrease male and female threads
assuring the removal of all previously applied anti-seize com-
pound or tape.
CAUTION: IN NO CASE WILL THE TAPE BE PERMITTED TO
EXTEND BEYOND THE FIRST THREAD.
(b). Wrap tape in direction of the thread spiral of the male pipe
thread beginning with the first thread.
(c). Using care not to contaminate tape, encircle the threads and
join together with a slight overlap.
(d). Press tightly on tape and pull hard to break it. Ensure tape is
tight and remains at the first thread of fitting. Loose ends are
not permitted. Pipe thread is now ready for joining.
(5). Install pressure chuck adapter 66048-4 to pressure chuck
65712-1. See Figure 703, Detail “B”. Tighten 2 - 2 1/2 turns past
hand tight.
(6). Install valve with O-ring onto pressure chuck 65712-1.
Page 722
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
(7). Attach hose 63727-105 to -4 fitting on TO4853 manifold. See Fig-

ure 703, Detail “B”. Attach opposite end to pressure chuck
adapter. Tighten both ends by hand or no greater than 1/6 turn
beyond hand tight.
(8). Valve must be in closed “armed” position. Open valve filling port
and orient valve so filling port faces “up”.
NOTE: If using filler valve 889CASIO-1, unseating tool B19286-1 must
be used.
(9). Purge air from assembly until a steady stream of water exits the
filling port.
(10). Close the filling port and pressurize valve to 5000 psig for a dura-
tion of one minute. No leakage is permissible.
(11). No structure failure of the retaining lip must occur. Visually check
for evidence of permanent deformation or other damage, none is
permissible.
(12). Valves deemed acceptable shall be completely dried, reassem-
bled, and subjected to regulator calibration and leakage tests.
Page 723
25-60-34 9 Mar 2005
D29835 22D22900
PLUG, BURST DISC T2PP

PORT 65714-1 PLUG, PIPE THREAD
GAGE OR 4GP
6GP PLUG, MS GAGE
PLUG, FUSIBLE PORT WITH O-RING
PORT PLUG
WITH O-RING
O-RING
B14056-907
PRESSURE CHUCK
65712-1
VALVE
VALVE WITH PORTS PLUGGED

DETAIL “A”
VALVE
HYDROSTATIC
TEST TO4853 MANIFOLD
PRESSURE DETAIL “B”

CHUCK
ADAPTER
66048-4
O-RING
9464K11 HOSE
63727-105
PRESSURE
CHUCK, 65712-1 HOSE FITTING
HYDROSTATIC TEST SETUP

FIGURE 703
Page 724
25-60-34 9 Mar 2005
D29835 22D22900

D. Valve Section Final Assembly
(1). Install pressure gage into gage protector fitting (220) per Para-
graph 9.F.
(2). Slide gage protector shell (215) over fitting and tighten the three
(3) setscrews (200B).
(3). Install the burst disc (295) with O-ring (110) in the valve body and
tighten (Table 801).
(4). Install the filler valve (105A) with O-ring (110) in the valve body
in pulley (60).
(6). Lift detent pin (90) with needle nose pliers and using a 3/16 In.
hex key inserted in center of pulley, rotate the pulley until the pul-
ley stop pin is aligned with black triangular index mark (valve
Closed position) on the cover plate pin. Coil and tape cable to
reservoir.
Page 725
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900

E. Valve Leakage Test
(1). Apply 3000 psig (2067 N/cm2) to valve/regulator assembly
through the charging adapter tool (Table 703).
(2). Remove valve/regulator assembly from charging apparatus and
let valve sit undisturbed for 16 hours.
LEAKAGE TEST.
(4). If pressure loss is detected, immerse valve/regulator in water,
deep enough to include all threaded connections and inspect for
leaks, escaping air bubbles.
NOTE: If leaks are not detected on valve/regulator, apply leak test
solution with brush (Table 701) over entire gage.
NOTE: If the valve/regulator leaks, discharge gas, disassemble, check
all sealing areas to determine cause, reassemble and retest.
(5). Remove the valve/regulator assembly with bottle fitting adapter
from the water and dry with compressed air.
Page 726
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900

F. Assemble Regulator Section
NOTE: Valve/regulator assembly must be recalibrated after regulator
section has been reassembled, see Paragraph 8, Regulator
Calibration.
(1). Place piston (325) with O-ring (330) in regulator port. Install pis-
ton into regulator port as far as it will go.
NOTE: Ensure that the regulator spring is totally recessed into the
adjusting plug body during threading procedure.
(2). Lubricate regulator spring (310) with Braycote Micronic 601(Table
701).
(3). Insert regulator spring (310) into the counterbore of the piston
inside the regulator port.
(4). Coat adjusting screw (300) with a thin film of Loctite (Table 701).
(5). Install adjusting screw (300 ), using a 3/16 In. Allen wrench
threading the screw to the right. Look through the outlet port and
continue to turn adjusting screw until flat face of piston is flush
with inside surface of valve seating surface. From this point, con-
tinue to turn adjusting screw for an additional 3 1/2 turns. Height
may be compared to the height measured prior to removal, refer-
ence Disassembly section. This is the initial setting for calibrating
the valve.
Page 727
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
7. Valve/Regulator Assembly (D18294) (IPL Figure 8)
TO O-RINGS.
capabilities.
(1). Liberally coat all external O-rings (110, 240, 290, 320) with a thin
film of Braycote Micronic 601, Krytox 240AZ, or Royco 13CF
(Table 701).
(2). Liberally coat thrust bearing (60), ball seat (390), flow ball (70),
ball guide (50), ball spring (140), pawl spring (105), and shaft O-
ring (120) with a thin film of Braycote Micronic 601(Table 701).
(3). Install O-ring (120) and back-up ring (130A) on shaft (40) using
appropriate O-ring tool from kit (Table 703). Install shim (150)
then thrust bearing (60) then second shim (150) onto shaft (40).
WARNING: ENSURE COUPLING PIN IS NOT DEFORMED OR
SCRATCHED.
(4). Press coupling pin (80) into pulley (365). Examine to ensure pin
is scratch free and not deformed.
CAUTION: DO NOT DAMAGE SEAT DURING INSTALLATION.
(5). Place a new ball seat (390), curved end first, in valve body (10)
seat recess and press into position with seat installation tool
(Table 703).
CAUTION: EXAMINE THE SEAT; IT MUST BE CONCENTRIC WITH
AND UNIFORMLY BOTTOMED IN THE VALVE BODY
RECESS AND BE FREE OF SURFACE IMPERFEC-
TIONS.
(6). Use a seat forming tool (Table 703) to form chamfer.
NOTE: Apply a force of approximately 500 Lb. to tool.
(7). Coat all male threads on valve fittings sparingly with McLube
1720L (Table 701) and let dry.
Page 728
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
(8). Install O-ring (240) onto rupture disc (375) using appropriate O-
ring tool from kit (Table 703).
(9). Install O-ring (230) on piston (380) and position in groove. Coat
cylindrical O.D. of piston (380) with Braycote Micronic 601(Table
701).
(10). Install bearing bushing (90) in cover plate (25).
(11). Install O-ring (290) on fusible plug (280, 280A) using appropriate
O-ring tool from kit (Table 703).
(12). Install O-ring (240) on filler valve (200B) using appropriate O-ring
tool from kit (Table 703).
(13). Install O-ring (110) on gage protector fitting (170) using tool
(Table 703).
(14). Coat first 3 or 4 threads of socket head screws (300) with a small
amount of Loctite adhesive (Table 701).
(15). Install cable adapter (265) onto valve body with two socket head
screws (300).
(16). Tighten screws (300) to a torque value of 20-30 In. Lb.
NOTE: Allow 2-3 hours for adhesive to set.
(17). Install O-ring (320) on bottle fitting (310) using appropriate O-ring
tool from kit (Table 703).
Page 729
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
7. Valve/Regulator Assembly (D18294) (Cont’d) (IPL Figure 8)

(1). Coat edges of pulley (365), pawl (250), latching nut, and inside
wall of pulley housing with thread lubricant McLube 1720L (Table
701).
(2). Insert shaft (40), with O-rings, shims, and thrust bearing in valve
body (10) through the gage fitting port. Push the cylindrical por-
tion of the shaft (40) through the center hole at top of valve body.
Press in firmly with a finger; ensure shaft rotates freely.
(3). Insert coupling pin (80) into recess in pulley (365).
(4). Install bottom pulley bearing (160) by aligning hole in bearing
over latching nut.
(5). Install pulley (365) into pulley housing by aligning coupling pin
(80) on underside of pulley with slot in shaft (40).
NOTE: Support shaft from below to avoid dislodging shaft from valve
body.
(6). Place pawl spring (105) in hole of pawl (250). Install pawl (250)
by aligning through hole over the latching nut so spring (105) is
lodged between the wall of the pulley housing and the pawl.
NOTE: Notch on pawl should contact ratchet notches in pulley.
NOTE: Position of hole in pulley bearing is optional.
(7). Place bearing and cover plate assembly (25) on pulley housing
section of valve.
NOTE: Tab of cover plate should be in cutout of pulley housing wall.
Pulley stop pin should protrude through curved slot in cover
plate.
(8). Install retaining ring (30) into annular groove in pulley housing to
retain cover plate.
(9). Depress the pawl (250) with a 1/8 In. diameter punch through
hole in the pulley housing at decal (270).
(10). Install a 3/16 In. hex key in the socket at the center of the pulley.
Page 730
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
(11). Turn hex key, rotate the pulley until the pulley stop pin is aligned
with black triangular index mark (valve Closed position) on the
cover plate.
NOTE: This will locate shaft tang in position to engage slot in flow ball.
(12). Align slot in flow ball (70) with shaft tang.
(13). Insert flow ball (70) into valve body through the bottle fitting port.
(14). Install ball guide (50) through bottle fitting port so chamfered side
of guide is against the flow ball (70).
(15). Install ball guide spring (140) into counterbore in bottle fitting.
(16). Install bottle fitting (315) with O-ring (320) and tighten (Table
801).
NOTE: Ball guide spring should be centered in bottle fitting.
(17). Install gage protector fitting (170) with O-ring (110) and tighten
(Table 801).
C. Hydrostatic Proof Pressure Test

NOTE: Use Hydrostatic Test Machine TO4853 and components listed
in Table 704.
NOTE: Gage is not installed during proof test.
WARNING: ENSURE ADEQUATE SAFETY MEASURES ARE TAKEN
PRIOR TO PRESSURIZING.
(1). Apply a thin coat of Royco 13CF (Table 701) onto O-rings already
supplied with MS gage port and fusible plug ports 4GP and 6GP.
(2). Remove burst disc, fusible plug and gage, and install plugs into
ports. See Figure 704.
(3). Apply a thin coat of Royco 13CF (Table 701) onto O-rings
9464K11 and B14056-907 and install onto manifold adapter
66048-4 and burst disc port plug respectfully. See Figure 704.
(4). Apply teflon tape (Table 701) to pressure chuck adapter 66048-4
as follows:
pound or tape.
Page 731
25-60-34 9 Mar 2005
D29835 22D22900

join together with a slight overlap.
tight and remains at the first thread of fitting. Loose ends are
not permitted. Pipe thread is now ready for joining.
(5). Install pressure chuck adapter 66048-4 to pressure chuck
65712-1. See Figure 704, Detail “B”. Tighten 2 - 2 1/2 turns past
hand tight.
(6). Install valve with O-ring onto pressure chuck 65712-1.
(7). Attach hose 63727-105 to -4 fitting on TO4853 manifold. See Fig-
ure 704, Detail “B”. Attach opposite end to pressure chuck
adapter. Tighten both ends by hand or no greater than 1/6 turn
beyond hand tight.
(8). Valve must be in closed “armed” position. Open valve filling port
and orient valve so filling port faces “up”.
NOTE: If using filler valve 889CASIO-1, unseating tool B19286-1 must
be used.
(9). Purge air from assembly until a steady stream of water exits the
filling port.
(10). Close the filling port and pressurize valve to 5000 psig for a dura-
tion of one minute. No leakage is permissible.
(11). No structure failure of the retaining lip must occur. Visually check
for evidence of permanent deformation or other damage, none is
permissible.
(12). Valves deemed acceptable shall be completely dried, reassem-
bled, and subjected to regulator calibration and leakage tests.
Page 732
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
PLUG, BURST DISC T2PP

PORT 65714-1 PLUG, PIPE THREAD
GAGE OR 4GP
6GP PLUG, MS GAGE
PLUG, FUSIBLE PORT WITH O-RING
PORT PLUG
WITH O-RING
O-RING
B14056-907
PRESSURE CHUCK
65712-1
VALVE
VALVE WITH PORTS PLUGGED

DETAIL “A”
VALVE
HYDROSTATIC
TEST TO4853 MANIFOLD
PRESSURE DETAIL “B”

CHUCK
ADAPTER
66048-4
O-RING
9464K11 HOSE
63727-105
PRESSURE
CHUCK, 65712-1 HOSE FITTING
HYDROSTATIC TEST SETUP

FIGURE 704
Page 733
25-60-34 9 Mar 2005
D29835 22D22900

D. Valve Section Final Assembly
(1). Install pressure gage into gage protector fitting (170) per Para-
graph 9.F.
(2). Slide gage protector shell (180) over fitting and tighten the three
(3) setscrews (190A).
(3). Install the rupture disc (375) with O-ring (240) in the valve body
(4). Install the filler valve (200B) with O-ring (240) in the valve body
in pulley (365).
(6). Depress the pawl (250) with a 1/8 In. diameter punch through
hole in wall of pulley housing at decal (270). Install 3/16 In. key in
pulley.
(7). Turn the hex key, rotate the pulley until the pulley stop pin is
aligned with black triangular index mark (valve “CLOSED” posi-
tion on cover plate).
(8). Coil and tape excess cable to the reservoir.
Page 734
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900

E. Valve/Regulator Leakage Test
(1). Apply 3000 psig (2067 N/cm2) to valve/regulator assembly
through the charging adapter tool (Table 703).
(2). Remove valve/regulator assembly from charging apparatus and
let valve sit undisturbed for 16 hours.
LEAKAGE TEST.
(4). If pressure loss is detected, immerse valve/regulator in water,
deep enough to include all threaded connections and inspect for
leaks, escaping air bubbles.
NOTE: If leaks are not detected on valve/regulator, apply leak test
solution with brush (Table 701) over entire gage.
NOTE: If the valve/regulator leaks, discharge gas, disassemble, check
all sealing areas to determine cause, reassemble and retest.
(5). Remove the valve/regulator assembly with bottle fitting adapter
from the water and dry with compressed air.
Page 735
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900

F. Assemble Regulator Section
NOTE: Valve/regulator assembly must be recalibrated after regulator
section has been reassembled, see Paragraph 8, Regulator
Calibration.
(1). Place piston (380) with O-ring (230) in regulator port. Install pis-
ton into regulator port as far as it will go.
NOTE: Ensure that the regulator spring is totally recessed into the
adjusting plug body during threading procedure.
(2). Lubricate regulator spring (210) with Braycote Micronic 601(Table
701).
(3). Insert regulator spring (210) into the counterbore of the piston
inside the regulator port.
(4). Coat adjusting screw (220) with a thin film of Loctite (Table 701).
(5). Install adjusting screw (220 ), using a 3/16 In. Allen wrench
threading the screw to the right. Look through the outlet port and
continue to turn adjusting screw until flat face of piston is flush
with inside surface of valve seating surface. From this point, con-
tinue to turn adjusting screw for an additional 3 1/2 turns. Height
may be compared to the height measured prior to removal, refer-
ence Disassembly section. This is the initial setting for calibrating
the valve.
Page 736
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
8. Valve/Regulator Assembly Pull Force Test
WARNING: POINT VALVE OUTLET PORT IN A SAFE DIRECTION

TO AVOID INJURY TO PERSONNEL.
A. Immobilize the valve/regulator assembly with high pressure chuck
(Table 702). Apply 3000 psig (2067 N/cm2) of nitrogen to valve/regula-
tor assembly through the charging adapter tool (Table 703).
B. Attach a calibrated push/pull gage (Table 702) to the valve release
cable (80A, IPL Figure 3; 50A, IPL Figure 6). Slowly apply force paral-
lel to the valve/regulator section centerline to discharge the pressure.
C. For D18259 valves: the force required to activate (discharge) the valve
is 5 to 14 Lb. with 3000 psig (2067 N/cm2) at room temperature. Cable
will disengage when valve is open.
For D29517 valves: a load of 13 ± 7 Lb. on newly assembled and over-

hauled valves is required to activate (discharge) the valve to release
the 3000 psig (2067 N/cm2). A pull force of 20 ± 7 Lb. is permissible for
in service valves.
For D18294 valves: the force required to activate (discharge) the valve/
regulator shall not exceed 15 Lb. to release the 3000 (2067 N/cm2).
NOTE: If the force required is not within limits, disassemble, inspect,
and determine cause prior to assembly and final calibration of
regulator.
D. Remove valve assembly from high pressure chuck and thoroughly dry
the valve with compressed air.
E. Install pipe (130A, IPL Figure 4; 130, IPL Figure 7) in bottle fitting port
and tighten with strap wrench 1/4 turn beyond hand tight.
Page 737
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
9. Regulator Calibration (D29517 and D18294 valves only) (Figures 705 and 706)
A. Install valve/regulator to be calibrated on reservoir per Paragraph 9,

and pressurize assembly per Paragraph 10.
B. Place charged reservoir and valve/regulator assembly in the calibrating
fixture (Table 702). Remove outlet port plug and O-ring (Table 702).
Install calibration fixture hose and tighten connections (Table 801).
WARNING: POINT VALVE OUTLET IN A SAFE DIRECTION TO PRE-
VENT INJURY TO PERSONNEL.
NOTE: Properly adjusted valve/regulators should perform as follows:
As reservoir discharges, an immediate initial pressure rise to
the regulator system pressure of 270 ± 30 psig (186 ± 21
N/cm2) should occur, followed by continuation gradual
increase to a maximum peak pressure of 460 ± 15 psig
(317 ± 10 N/cm2) and then a rapid decrease to 0 psig as the
reservoir is exhausted.
C. Insert hex key in valve pulley and rapidly rotate clockwise (valve OPEN
position) to discharge reservoir pressure. Carefully note peak pressure
rise.
D. If the observed peak pressure rise was not within limits, turn the valve
regulator adjusting plug to the right to increase, to the left to decrease,
pressure approximately 1/10 turn for every 20 psig (14 N/cm2) of
charge required. Recharge the reservoir and repeat the above proce-
dure. When the reference pressure is within the limits, the maximum
pressure of 460 ± 15 psig ( 317 ± 10 N/cm2) for all systems should be
obtained, and the initial pressure should be between 240-300 psig
(165-206 N/cm2).
E. Close all valve openings with suitable plugs or caps to exclude mois-
ture and dirt.
F. Apply torque seal (Table 701) to adjusting screw. Do not disturb regu-
lator adjusting plug or place valve in service until plug sealant has set
for six hours from application.
Page 738
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
BAFFLE
BAFFLE SUPPORT
FIXTURE
PRESSURE
TRANSDUCER
CONDUCTOR
CABLE ASSEMBLY ASPIRATOR
RECORDER
(2 CHANNEL) ASSEMBLY
HOSE ASSEMBLY
FIGURE 705
RESERVOIR AND
D29835 22D22900
VALVE ASSEMBLY
25-60-34
O-RING
CHAIN VISE
CALIBRATION FIXTURE-RESERVOIR ASSEMBLY

NEOPRENE
STRAP
RESERVOIR
SUPPORT
9 Mar 2005
Page 739
D29835 22D22900
REGULATED PRESSURE
460 ± 15
270 ± 30
PRESSURE
(PSIG)
0
0
TIME (SECONDS)
REGULATED DISCHARGE CHARACTERISTIC

FIGURE 706
Page 740
25-60-34 9 Mar 2005
D29835 22D22900
10. Assemble Reservoir and Valve Assembly
A. Coat valve bottle threads with McLube 1190 (Table 701). Then coat O-
ring (46, IPL Figure 3; 20A, IPL Figure 6) with a thin film of Braycote
Micronic 601, Krytox 240AZ, or Royco 13CF (Table 701) and install on
valve-to-reservoir connection using appropriate O-ring tool from kit
(Table 703).
B. Wrap the reservoir (20B, IPL Figure 3; 10A, IPL Figure 6) with a neo-
prene strap (Table 702) prior to clamping in vise. Immobilize reservoir
in a vise, chain link type (Table 702).
C. Install the valve assembly (50A, IPL Figure 3; 35, IPL Figure 6) on to
the reservoir (20B, IPL Figure 3; 10A, IPL Figure 6) and tighten to the
value given in Table 801 using torque wrench adapter and torque
wrench.
Page 741
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
10. Assemble Reservoir and Valve Assembly (Cont’d) (Figure 707)

D. Cable Guide Bracket Assembly Installation
(1). Install the cable guide bracket assembly (80B, IPL Figure 5; 75,
IPL Figure 5A) on the valve, aligning pin in the notch or indexing
hole in the valve body. Tighten bracket nut until gap of 1/8 ± 1/32
In. (3.2 ± 0.8 mm) is formed between strap halves. Apply three
layers of 1 In. tape, PPP-T-60 (Table 701) over entire bracket
assembly strap and “T” bolt.
BRACKET ASSEMBLY
P/N C18251-101
BRACKET ASSEMBLY
P/N C18251-103
LAYERS OF
TAPE
STRAP AND “T” BOLT
ALIGNING PIN
INDEXING
HOLE
1/8 ± 1/32 In.

(3.2 ± 0.8 mm)
CABLE GUIDE BRACKET INSTALLATION

FIGURE 707
Page 742
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900

D. Cable Guide Bracket Assembly Installation (Cont’d)
(2). Align hole in chafe pad assembly (100A, IPL Figure 5; 90A, IPL
Figure 5A) with the threaded hole in the cable guide bracket
assembly.
(3). Place threaded end of cable guide nut (110B, IPL Figure 5, 100B,
IPL Figure 5A) onto the cable guide tube (120A, IPL Figure 5;
110A, IPL Figure 5A) (flared end). Insert the cable guide nut
through hole in chafe pad assembly and tighten (Table 801) to
the bracket assembly.
(4). Position the chafe pad assembly (100A, IPL Figure 5; 90A, IPL
Figure 5A) around the perimeter of the valve housing and cable
guide and join the Velcro fasteners.
CABLE GUIDE CABLE GUIDE NUT

TUBE
BRACKET ASSEMBLY
VELCRO
FASTENERS
PRESSURE GAGE CHAFE PAD
CABLE GUIDE AND CHAFE PAD INSTALLATION

FIGURE 708
Page 743
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900

E. Inspect the pressure gage to verify that the indicator pointer is on left
edge of red band. If the indicator pointer is not positioned as indicated,
replace gage. If accuracy is suspect, refer to Paragraph 10.F, pressure
gage calibration check.
RED BAND
10 15 20 25 3
5 0
35
P R E S S.
M I N.
PSI X 100
INDICATOR
POINTER
PRESSURE
GAGE
PRESSURE GAGE FACE

FIGURE 709
Page 744
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
10. Assemble Reservoir and Valve Assembly (Cont’d) (Figures 710 and 711)
F. Pressure gage installation
(1). Apply teflon tape (Table 701) to pressure gage threads as fol-
lows:
pound or tape.
join together with a very slight overlap.
tight and remains at the first thread of fitting. Lose ends are not
permitted. Pipe thread is now ready for joining.
(2). Install pressure gage (40) into the gage adapter fitting of the
valve, hand tight.
(3). Turn pressure gage 2 to 3 turns beyond hand tight to position/ori-
ent gage face as shown Figures 710 or 711.
Page 745
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
VALVE RELEASE CABLE
OUTLET PORT
PSI X 100
MI
N. P
R E S S.
35
5
10 15 20 25 30
GAGE
RESERVOIR
FILLER VALVE
PRESSURE GAGE ORIENTATION

(D17750-103 RESERVOIR AND VALVE ASSEMBLIES)
FIGURE 710
Page 746
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
RED BAND
10 15 20 25 30
5
35
N. P R E S S.
MI
PRESSURE GAGE
PSI X 100
GAGE FACE
POINTER
FILLER VALVE
51
01
MIN. P 520
RES
PS
25
IX
S.
30
10
35
FILLER VALVE
OUTLET PORT VALVE/REGULATOR
VALVE RELEASE CABLE
PRESSURE GAGE ORIENTATION

(D17782-101 RESERVOIR AND VALVE ASSEMBLIES)
FIGURE 711
Page 747
25-60-34 9 Mar 2005
D29835 22D22900
11. Charge Reservoir and Valve Assembly
WARNING: ENSURE RESERVOIR AND VALVE ASSEMBLY IS

EMPTY.
A. Wrap the reservoir with a neoprene strap (Table 702).
B. Immobilize the reservoir and valve assembly in a vise, chain link type
(Table 702).
C. Install cap (Table 702) on the outlet port of the valve and tighten per
(Table 801).
D. Arm valve assembly:
(1). Insert a 3/16 In. hex key in the valve pulley (50A, IPL Figure 4;
60, IPL Figure 7) socket and rotate to the right to full stop (valve
open).
(2). Insert ball end of valve release cable assembly (80A, IPL Figure
3; 50A, IPL Figure 6) through valve cable port and into recess in
pulley.
(3). Lift valve detent pin (70A, IPL Figure 4; 90, IPL Figure 7) with pli-
ers and rotate pulley, using hex key, to the left to stop (mark). A
“click” will signify engagement of detent (valve closed). The valve
release cable assembly will be drawn about 2 In.(50.8 mm) into
valve.
(4). Coil and tape excess cable to the reservoir.
(5). Gently pull on valve release cable. If it moves the detent stop pin
is not fully engaged.
(6). Remove reservoir and valve from chain vise.
WARNING: THE VALVE IN NOW ARMED. DO NOT PROCEED
UNLESS CAP IS INSTALLED ON THE VALVE OUTLET
PORT.
E. Charge with Nitrogen (Figure 712)
(1). Place the reservoir and valve/regulator on scale and note tare
weight.
(2). Remove high pressure cap from filler valve. Attach the nitrogen
charging line and adapter (Table 703) to the filler valve. Open
filler valve using two 3/4 In. open end wrenches.
CAUTION: DO NOT EXCEED CHARGE NOTED IN TABLE 705.
Page 748
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
CAUTION: RATE OF CHARGE IS NOT TO EXCEED 50 PSIG PER

SECOND.
NOTE: Use a compressor equipped with a 20-micron filter and a mois-
ture and oil separator.
(3). Pressurize the reservoir and valve with nitrogen to the minimum
weight specified in Table 705.
NOTE: To reduce time required to charge the reservoir and valve, res-
ervoir may be immersed in water (Figure 713) during charging
as follows.
CAUTION: DO NOT SUBMERGE THE VALVE OR PRESSURE
GAGE.
(a). Immerse reservoir in tank Figure 713.
(b). Pressurize the reservoir and valve as noted in Table 705.
(4). After charging close the filler valve using two 3/4 In. wrenches
and remove charging line and adapter.
NOTE: Allowable bleed off is not to exceed the weight specified in
Table 705.
(5). If the charge weight is excessive, bleed to proper weight using
filler valve unseating tool (Table 703).
ALLOWABLE
ALLOWABLE ALTERNATE
RESERVOIR AND N2 CHARGE N2 ABOVE N BLEED
2 AIR CHARGE
VALVE ASSEMBLY WEIGHTS MINIMUM
OFF WEIGHTS
WEIGHT
MIN. MAX.
D17750-103 2.23 Lb. 0.30 Lb. 0.20 Lb. 2.35 Lb. 2.41 Lb.
(1.01 kg) (0.14 kg) (0.09 kg) (1.07 kg) (1.09 kg)
D17782-101 1.27 Lb. 0.10 Lb. 0.10 Lb. 1.33 Lb. 1.37 Lb.
(0.58 kg) (0.05 kg) (0.05 kg) (0.60 kg) (0.62 kg)
CHARGE VALUES
TABLE 705
Page 749
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
HIGH PRESSURE
CAP
VALVE/REGULATOR
RESERVOIR AND
VALVE/REGULATOR
FILLER VALVE
WITH ADAPTER
CHARGING
LINE
RESERVOIR CHOCKS
BONDED TO SCALE
(TYPICAL 4 PLACES)
SCALE
CHARGE RESERVOIR AND VALVE/REGULATOR

FIGURE 712
Page 750
25-60-34 9 Mar 2005
D29835 22D22900
PERSONNEL
PROTECTIVE SHIELD
SUPPORT AROUND NECK

OF IMMERSED RESERVOIR
CHARGING LINE
(NITROGEN OR AIR)
COOLING WATER
WATER IMMERSION TANK FOR RESERVOIR CHARGING

FIGURE 713
Page 751
25-60-34 9 Mar 2005
D29835 22D22900
Page 752
25-60-34 9 Mar 2005
D29835 22D22900
11. Charge Reservoir and Valve Assembly (Cont’d)

F. Pressure gage calibration check (Figure 714)
(1). Allow the charged reservoir assembly to stabilize at normal room
ambient temperature 70°F (21°C) for a minimum of six hours.
(2). Wrap the reservoir with a neoprene strap (Table 702) prior to
clamping in vise. Immobilize the reservoir in a vise, chain link type
(Table 702).
NOTE: Use a pressure indicating device (“Master Test Gage”) in
accordance with 49 CFR 180.205. Master gage and adapter
are called out in Table 702.
(3). If ambient temperature is not 70°F (21°C), correct the pressure
gage reading to determine the pressure reading which would
result at 70°F (21°C), see Table 706 or 707.
(4). If corrected pressure reading (after initial charge to minimum
weights) is below 2980 psig (2053 N/cm2) for D17782-101
assembly or 3040 psig (2095 N/cm2) for D17750-103 assembly
add nitrogen, not more than specified in Table 705, to bring the
pressure up to a minimum of 2980 psig (2053 N/cm2) for
D17782-101 assembly or 3040 psig (2095 N/cm2) for
D17750-103 assembly. If the pressure remains less than 2980
psig (2053 N/ cm2) for D17782-101 assembly or 3040 psig (2095
N/cm2) for D17750-103 assembly after addition of nitrogen, dis-
charge the reservoir and recharge per Paragraph 10.A through E.
(5). In no case shall this pressure exceed the marked service pres-
sure on the reservoir. The pressure is measured as follows:
(a). For D17782-101 reservoir and valve assemblies only: Attach
outlet port adapter 65346-101 (Table 702) to outlet port on
valve.
For D17750-103 reservoir and valve assemblies only: Attach

outlet port adapter 221501-8-4S (Table 702) to outlet swivel
port on valve.
(b). Attach master gage/adapter assembly 65425-101 (Table 702),
to valve outlet port adapter.
CAUTION: ENSURE CONNECTIONS ARE TIGHT PRIOR TO PRO-
CEEDING.
Page 753
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
(c). Slowly open valve by turning pulley to the open position until
gage readout has stabilized.
(d). Record pressure reading and return pulley to the closed posi-
tion.
(e). Slowly crack open master gage/adapter assembly to bleed off
gas in gage.
(f). Remove master gage/adapter assembly and outlet port
adapter.
(6). System gage check - If the pressure reading results in the indica-
tor pointer of the pressure gage being more than ± 100 psig from
the actual master gage reading, the gage is suspect. Verify that
gas charge weights are correct. If charge is correct, discharge the
reservoir and replace the gage. Recharge reservoir per Para-
graph 10.A through E.
G. Perform the Leakage Test per Paragraph 12.
Page 754
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
10 15 20 25 30
5
35
R E S S.
N. P
MI
PSI X 100
INDICATOR
POINTER
PRESSURE
GAGE
PRESSURE GAGE FACE

FIGURE 714
Page 755
25-60-34 9 Mar 2005
D29835 22D22900
RESERVOIR PRESSURE CORRECTION CHART FOR 70°F

Degree 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9
60 120 119 118 116 115 114 113 112 110 109
61 108 107 106 104 103 102 101 99.6 98.4 97.2
62 96 94.8 93.6 92.4 91.2 90 88.8 87.6 86.4 85.2
63 84 82.8 81.6 80.4 79.2 78 76.8 75.6 74.4 73.2
64 72 70.8 69.6 68.4 67.2 66 64.8 63.6 62.4 61.2
65 60 58.8 57.6 56.4 55.2 54 52.8 51.6 50.4 49.2
66 48 46.8 45.6 44.4 43.2 42 40.8 39.6 38.4 37.2
67 36 34.8 33.6 32.4 31.2 30 28.8 27.6 26.4 25.2
68 24 22.8 21.6 20.4 19.2 18 16.8 15.6 14.4 13.2
69 12 10.8 9.6 8.4 7.2 6 4.8 3.6 2.4 1.2
70 0 -1.2 -2.4 -3.6 -4.8 -6 -7.2 -8.4 -9.6 -11
71 -12 -13 -14 -16 -17 -18 -19 -20 -22 -23
72 -24 -25 -26 -28 -29 -30 -31 -32 -34 -35
73 -36 -37 -38 -40 -41 -42 -43 -44 -46 -47
74 -48 -49 -50 -52 -53 -54 -55 -56 -58 -59
75 -60 -61 -62 -64 -65 -66 -67 -68 -70 -71
76 -72 -73 -74 -76 -77 -78 -79 -80 -82 -83
77 -84 -85 -86 -88 -89 -90 -91 -92 -94 -95
78 -96 -97 -98 -100 -101 -102 -103 -104 -106 -107
79 -108 -109 -110 -112 -113 -114 -115 -116 -118 -119
80 -120 -121 -122 -124 -125 -126 -127 -128 -130 -131
81 -132 -133 -134 -136 -137 -138 -139 -140 -142 -143
82 -144 -145 -146 -148 -149 -150 -151 -152 -154 -155
83 -156 -157 -158 -160 -161 -162 -163 -164 -166 -167
84 -168 -169 -170 -172 -173 -174 -175 -176 -178 -179
85 -180 -181 -182 -184 -185 -186 -187 -188 -190 -191
Instruction for calculating corrected pressure value:

1) Obtain temperature reading from thermometer.
2) Look up reservoir pressure correction value in the chart for temperature reading.
3) Add or subtract the value from the chart to or from the gage’s pressure reading.
Example:
1) Temperature from thermometer = 71.5°F
2) Value in chart for 71.5°F = -18 PSI
3) Pressure reading from gage = 3000 PSI
Corrected Pressure for 70°F = 3000 PSI - 18 PSI = 2982 PSI
TABLE 706
Page 756
25-60-34 9 Mar 2005
D29835 22D22900
RESERVOIR PRESSURE CORRECTION CHART FOR 21°C

Degree Degree N/cm2
F C
60 15.6 83
61 16.1 74
62 16.7 66
63 17.2 58
64 17.8 50
65 18.3 41
66 18.9 33
67 19.4 25
68 20.0 17
69 20.6 8
70 21.1 0
71 21.7 -8
72 22.2 -17
73 22.8 -25
74 23.3 -33
75 23.9 -41
76 24.4 -50
77 25.0 -58
78 25.6 -66
79 26.1 -74
80 26.7 -83
81 27.2 -91
82 27.8 -99
83 28.3 -108
84 28.9 -116
85 29.4 -124
Instruction for calculating corrected pressure value:

1) Obtain temperature reading from thermometer.
2) Look up reservoir pressure correction value in the chart for temperature reading.
3) Add or subtract the value from the chart to or from the gage’s pressure reading.
Example:
1) Temperature from thermometer = 22.8°C
2) Value in chart for 22.8°C = -25 N/cm2
3) Pressure reading from gage = 2,068 N/cm2
Corrected Pressure for 21.1°C = 2,068 N/cm2 - 25 N/cm2 = 2,043 N/cm2
TABLE 707
Page 757
25-60-34 9 Mar 2005
D29835 22D22900
12. Reservoir and Valve Assembly Leakage Test
CAUTION: DO NOT SUBMERGE PRESSURE GAGE.

A. Submerge reservoir and valve assembly in water for five minutes deep
enough to include all threaded connections for the following compo-
nents; bottle threaded connection, rupture disc threaded connection,
pressure gage fitting threaded connection, but do not submerge the
pressure gage housing; no leakage (indicated by escaping bubbles) is
permitted. Dry thoroughly with compressed air. If leakage occurs, dis-
charge reservoir per the instructions in the Disassembly section and
determine cause.
B. Check gage for leakage. Use a soft bristle brush to apply leak test solu-
tion (Table 701) around gage face and around base of gage head. No
leakage is permitted. Replace gage if it leaks.
CAUTION: ENSURE HIGH PRESSURE CAP IS INSTALLED ON
FILLER VALVE.
C. Remove charging line and adapter. Install the high pressure cap on
filler valve.
WARNING: DO NOT REMOVE THE PLUG FROM OUTLET PORT
UNTIL THE RESERVOIR IS INSTALLED IN ITS SLING
ON THE SLIDE AND THE HOSE ASSEMBLY IS CON-
NECTED.
Page 758
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
13. Inflate/Deflate Valve Installation (Figure 715)
CAUTION: NO LUBRICATION IS PERMISSIBLE ON INFLATE/

DEFLATE VALVE FLANGE (RUBBER AREA).
A. Apply a coat of rubber cement, Dow Corning 55M (Table 701) spar-
ingly to both surfaces of rubber washer and carefully install into the
diameter counter bore in valve. Ensure washer is properly seated.
B. Insert valve grip and tighten hand tight by turning to the left. Install and
tighten set screw until it bottoms on valve grip and then backed off
1/2 to 1 1/2 turns.
GRIP
(MS22054-3)
RUBBER WASHER
(MS22054-7)
INFLATE/DEFLATE
VALVE
OPEN
CLOSED
SET SCREW
(MS22054-9)
INFLATE/DEFLATE VALVE INSTALLATION

FIGURE 715
Page 759
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
14. Aspirator Installation (Figure 716)
CAUTION: DO NOT DAMAGE ASPIRATOR RUBBER MOUNTING

FLANGE SEALING SURFACE.
NOTE: Pour approximately two tablespoons of talc or powdered soap-
stone (Table 701) into mounting blister opening before install-
ing aspirator.
A. Insert aspirator (330A, IPL Figure 1; 220A, IPL Figure 1A, 320A, IPL
Figure 5; 300A, IPL Figure 5A) into mounting blister.
B. Engage mounting land into annular groove of mounting flange.
MOUNTING FLANGE
ASPIRATOR
MOUNTING LAND
ANNULAR
GROOVE
SOAPSTONE
ASPIRATOR INSTALLATION
FIGURE 716
Page 760
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
14. Aspirator Installation (Cont’d) (Figure 717)

C. Position the aspirator in the rubber mounting flange so that inlet fitting
is in line with arrow stenciled on rubber mounting flange blister.
MOUNTING FLANGE BLISTER
ASPIRATOR
MOUNTING LAND
ARROW
ANNULAR
GROOVE
FIGURE 717
Page 761
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900

D. Install the worm drive clamp (340A, IPL Figure 1; 230A, IPL Figure 1A;
330A, IPL Figure 5; 310A, IPL Figure 5A) in the annular groove in the
mounting flange.
E. Center the clamp screw, under centerline of inlet fitting.
F. Tighten clamp screw (Table 801).
MOUNTING BLISTER
ASPIRATOR
CLAMP SCREW
WORM DRIVE CLAMP
INLET FITTING
INLET FITTING
MOUNTING
FLANGE
ANNULAR
GROOVE CLAMP SCREW
FIGURE 718
Page 762
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900

G. Apply three layers of green tape (Table 701) over clamp screw housing
of band. Tape should extend 1 In. (25.4 mm) on both sides of housing.
H. Wrap the worm drive clamp (340A, IPL Figure 1; 230A, IPL Figure 1A;
330A, IPL Figure 5; 310A, IPL Figure 5A) with three layers of 1 In.
(25.4 mm) black tape (Table 701).
INLET FITTING
CLAMP SCREW THREE LAYERS OF

HOUSING GREEN TAPE
WORM DRIVE
CLAMP
EXTEND 1 In. (25.4 mm)

BOTH SIDES
THREE LAYERS OF
BLACK TAPE
FIGURE 719
Page 763
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
15. Relief Valve Assembly (64154-5) (Figure 720) (IPL Figures 1 and 1A)
A. Prior to installation, apply a medium coating of DC-55M lubricant

(Table 701) to the sealing gasket.
B. Using removal/installation tool (Table 703) screw relief valve (400B,
IPL Figure 1; 290B, IPL Figure 1A) and install into flange. Torque per
Table 801.
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
TOOL AND HANDLE
RELIEF VALVE
GASKET
FLANGE
RELIEF VALVE DISASSEMBLY

FIGURE 720
Page 764
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
16. Slide Folding
A. For Folding Instructions see Appendix-1, Folding Procedure P-11705

for system D29835-Series and Appendix-2, Folding Procedure P-
11719 for system 22D22900-Series.
17. Storage Instructions
WARNING: INFLATION ASSEMBLY IS ARMED AND CHARGED,

HANDLE WITH EXTREME CARE.
A. Store the Evacuation Slide assembly in a cool, dry location in original
shipping container.
B. Permissible storage temperature extremes for extended periods are
-40°F to +160°F (-40°C to +71°C). However, it is desirable to maintain
assembly at normal room conditions, temperatures of 75°F ± 15°F
(24°C ± 8°C).
NOTE: Storage outside of allowable conditions may activate pressure
relief devices (Frangible Discs and/or Fusible Plugs if so
equipped).
C. A periodic check of the reservoir and inflation valve assembly pressure
is recommended, particularly when equipment is subjected to
extremes of permissible storage conditions.
D. Handling should be minimized. Exercise reasonable care and precau-
tions necessary for treatment of high-pressure gas storage equipment.
E. Individual components should be protected by suitable dust and mois-
ture free packing such as polyethylene bags.
F. For shipment, pack the folded slide assembly in the original shipping
container or equivalent in accordance with best commercial shipping
practices. Observe all Department of Transportation (DOT,U. S. A.)
requirements for shipment of charged reservoirs.
Page 765, 22 Nov 2007

25-60-34 Page 766, Blank
D29835 22D22900
TABLE OF CONTENTS
FITS AND CLEARANCES
Page
1. Torque Wrench Instructions 802
2. Torque Wrench Extensions 802
3. Torque Limits 804
Page 801
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
1. Torque Wrench Instructions
CAUTION: DO NOT EXCEED TORQUE VALUE NOTED. IF MAXI-

MUM TORQUE IS EXCEEDED, THREAD COULD BE
DAMAGED AND/OR SEALING SURFACES DISTORTED.
A. Torque wrenches must be calibrated at frequent intervals using
weights and a measured lever arm to preclude inaccuracies due to
mishandling or considerable usage. Do not check one wrench against
another.
B. Torque values are given in inch-pounds, foot-pounds, and Newton-
meters. Apply force slowly and evenly until the specified torque is
reached. Hold the torque wrench at the desired value until the nut,
screw, bolt, or fitting stops turning. Selection of parts may be neces-
sary to permit alignment of some locking devices within the desired
torque range. Torque values not specifically given in the text can be
found in Table 801.
2. Torque Wrench Extensions
A. Torque wrench extensions or adapters may be used with any type or

length of torque wrench. Since such extensions change the length of
the torque arm for which the scale is calibrated, the torque actually
being applied at the end of the extension is not reflected in the scale
reading and must be calculated.
NOTE: When using torque wrench extensions, the greatest accuracy
will be obtained by applying the manual force at the calculated
arm length which is at the center of the handle.
B. To determine the applied torque on a nut, bolt, screw, or fitting from the
observed scale reading, use Figure 801 in conjunction with the follow-
ing formula:
L + L1
Applied Torque (A) = Scale Reading x ---------------
L
L + L1
C. Since --------------- is always greater than one, the applied torque is always
L
greater than the observed reading when an extension is used.
Page 802
25-60-34 9 Mar 2005
D29835 22D22900
D. To determine the correct scale reading for a desired torque at A (Fig-

ure 801), use the following Formula:
L
Scale Reading = --------------- x Desired Torque A
L + L1
L
E. Since --------------- is always less than one, the scale reading will be less than
L + L1
the applied torque at A (Figure 801).
NOTE: When substituting values in the aforementioned formulas, use
inch units to obtain an answer in inch-pounds and foot units to
obtain an answer in foot-pounds.
TORQUE LIMITS
L1
L
CENTER OF ROTATION AXIS
CENTER OF WRENCH HANDLE
TORQUE WRENCH AND EXTENSION

FIGURE 801
Page 803
25-60-34 9 Mar 2005
D29835 22D22900
3. Torque Limits
TORQUE TORQUE
ITEM/DESCRIPTION
MINIMUM MAXIMUM
Hose Assembly to Outlet Swivel 230 In. Lb. 264 In. Lb.
(D29835 systems) 19.2 Ft. Lb. 22 Ft. Lb.
(26.0 N-m) (29.8 N-m)
Hose Assembly to Valve/Regulator 260 In. Lb. 280 In. Lb.
(22D22900 systems) 21.6 Ft. Lb. 23.3 Ft. Lb.
(29.4 N-m) (31.6 N-m)
Hose Assembly to Aspirator 180 In. Lb. 300 In. Lb.
15 Ft. Lb. 25 Ft. Lb.
(20.3 N-m) (33.9 N-m)
Outlet Port Plug 180 In. Lb. 300 In. Lb.
(D29517 and D18294 valves) 15 Ft. Lb. 17 Ft. Lb.
(20.3 N-m) (23.0 N-m)
Safety Cap 228 In. Lb. 264 In. Lb.
(D18259 valves) 19 Ft. Lb. 22 Ft. Lb.
(25.8 N-m) (29.8 N-m)
Valve Assembly to Reservoir or High 660 In. Lb. 720 In. Lb.
Pressure Chuck 55 Ft. Lb. 60 Ft. Lb.
(74.6 N-m) (81.3 N-m)
Pressure Gage Adapter to Valve 175 In. Lb. 200 In. Lb.
14.6 Ft. Lb. 16.7 Ft. Lb.
(19.8 N-m) (22.6 N-m)
Pressure Gage or Pressure Gage Plug 2 1/2 ± 1/2 turns
Beyond Hand Tight
Rupture Disc or Rupture Disc Plug 175 In. Lb. 200 In. Lb.
14.6 Ft. Lb. 16.7 Ft. Lb.
(19.8 N-m) (22.6 N-m)
TORQUE LIMITS
Page 804
25-60-34 9 Mar 2005
D29835 22D22900
TORQUE TORQUE
ITEM/DESCRIPTION
MINIMUM MAXIMUM
Filler Valve or Filler Valve Plug 175 In. Lb. 200 In. Lb.
14.6 Ft. Lb. 16.7 Ft. Lb.
(19.8 N-m) (22.6 N-m)
Pipe to Bottle Fitting 1/4 turn
Beyond Hand Tight
Bottle Fitting to Valve 550 In. Lb. 600 In. Lb.
46.0 Ft. Lb. 50.0 Ft. Lb.
(62.3 N-m) (67.8 N-m)
Worm Drive Clamp Screw 28 In. Lb. 32 In. Lb.
2.3 Ft. Lb. 2.7 Ft. Lb.
(3.1 N-m) (3.7 N-m)
Relief Valve Screws 28 In. Lb. 32 In. Lb.
2.3 Ft. Lb. 2.7 Ft. Lb.
(3.2 N-m) (3.6 N-m)
Relief Valve 25 In. Lb. 30 In. Lb.
(64154 valves) 2.1 Ft. Lb. 2.5 Ft. Lb.
(2.8 N-m) (3.4 N-m)
Thermal Plug 180 In. Lb. 300 In. Lb.
(D18294 valves) 15 Ft. Lb. 17 Ft. Lb.
(20.3 N-m) (23.0 N-m)
TORQUE LIMITS
Page 805, 9 Mar 2005

25-60-34 Page 806, Blank
D29835 22D22900
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SPECIAL TOOLS, FIXTURES, AND EQUIPMENT
Page
2. Special Tools, Fixtures, and Equipment Table 902
3. Special Tools, Fixtures, and Equipment Illustrated 910
Page 901
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
A. The tools, fixtures, and equipment listed in Table 901and shown in Fig-
ures 901 through 912 are recommended for use during Test Opera-
tions, Disassembly, Cleaning, Repairs, and Assembly.
2. Special Tools, Fixtures, and Equipment Table (Table 901)

request.

Manometer (water) 1 Commercially Measures pressure of
0 to 5.0 psig Available inflatable assembly.
(0 to 3.45 N/cm2) * ♦ (Testing)
Manometer (Meriam Fluid) 1 Commercially Measures pressure of
0.5 to 5.0 psig Available inflatable assembly.
(.34 to 3.45 N/cm2) (Testing)
[9.4 in. (238.8 mm) M. F.
per 1.0 psig (.69 N/cm2)] * ♦
Pressure Gage 1 Commercially Measures pressure of
(Mechanical/Digital) Available inflatable assembly.
Scale Range 0 to 15 psig (Testing)
(0 to 10.34 N/cm2) * ♦
Barometer 1 Commercially Measures ambient
[Scale increments not more Available pressure. (Testing)
than 0.10 In. (2.54 mm)] ♦
Thermometer 1 Commercially Measures ambient
[Scale increments not more Available temperature. (Testing)
than 1°F (0.56 °C)] ♦
*Alternatives

Page 902
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900

Force Gage, 1 Commercially Determines valve actu-
Push/Pull Gage Available ating pull force.
0 - 50 Lb. with 0.5 Lb. (Assembly)
graduations ♦
Calibration Fixture 1 Air Cruisers Co. Mounting apparatus
65011-101 V70167 for valve regulator cali-
bration. (Assembly)
Filler Valve (with O-ring V70167 reservoir and valve
which conforms to assembly charging.
NAS1611-008) (Assembly)
B19285-1
Borescope or 1 Commercially Used to visually
Flexible Light ♦ Available inspect reservoir inte-
rior. (Testing)
Adapter - For Hydrostatic 1 Air Cruisers Co. Attaches reservoir to
Testing V70167 hydrostatic test
C19848-1 machine. (Testing)
Relief Valve Locking Tool 1 Air Cruisers Co. Retains relief valve in
D19747-101 V70167 “closed” position; pro-
hibits inflatable assem-
bly pressure loss
during overpressure
testing. (Testing)
Tool - Adapter, Inflate/ 1 Air Cruisers Co. Connects manometer/
Deflate Valve V70167 pressure gage to
23D19238-1 inflate/deflate valve for
inflatable assembly
pressure reading.
(Testing)

Page 903
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900

Test Set (Light System) 1 D.M.E. Corp. Verifies power unit volt-
Model TU-12 or TU-14 V55827 age and lamp/LED har-
ness amperage.
(Testing)
Test Set (Light System) 1 Basewest, inc. Verifies power unit volt-
Model TS-420 0MF00 age and lamp/LED har-
(Alternative to TU-14) ness amperage.
(Testing)
Adapter -Torque Wrench 1 Air Cruisers Co. Used with breaker bar
(Bottle Fitting to V70167 to disengage valve from
Reservoir) reservoir. (Disassem-
B19586-3 bly, Assembly)
Available or and valve assembly dur-
Air Cruisers Co. ing assembly/overhaul/
P/N 65455-101 maintenance/testing.
(Testing,Disassembly,
Assembly)
(711.2 x 101.6 x 3.2 mm) (Testing,Disassembly,
Durometer #80-85 ♦ Assembly)
Safety Plug 1 Commercially Seals valve outlet port
AN814-10 or AS5169-10 damage, and contami-
nation. (Disassembly,
Assembly)
Safety Cap 1 Commercially Seals valve outlet port
AN929-8 damage, and contami-
nation. (Disassembly,
Assembly)

Page 904
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900

Tool - Filler Valve 1 Air Cruisers Co. Opens filler valve.
Unseating V70167 (Disassembly)
B19286-1
Socket - Rupture Disc 1 Air Cruisers Co. Installs/removes rup-
60586-1 V70167 ture/burst disk.
(Disassembly)
Hand Roller/Castor Wheel 1 Commercially Distributes pressure
(2 In. (50.8 mm) dia. x Available along bonded fabric
2 In. (50.8 mm) wide with repairs. (Repair)
handle) ♦
Spatula (Pusher) 1 Air Cruisers Co. Evenly distributes, and
PA-1 ♦ V70167 removes wrinkles from,
bonded fabric repairs.
(Repair)
Soldering Iron 1 Commercially Heats solder for applica-
600°-800° F Heat Range Available tion. (Repair)
Soldering Iron Tip 1 Commercially Melts mylar insulation.
Screwdriver or Chisel Tip Available (Repair)
Soldering Iron Tip 1 Commercially Applies solder. (Repair)
Conical or Pencil Tip Available
Desoldering Bulb ♦ 1 Commercially Removes solder.
Vacuum Action, Teflon Tip Available (Repair)
Shield, Wood ♦ 1 Commercially Protects fabric from sol-
1/4 x 12 x 12 In. Available dering iron. (Repair)
(6.4 x 304.8 x 304.8 mm)
(Approximate dimensions)
Bottle, Dispensing, with 1 Commercially Solvent/solution dis-
spout or pump ♦ Available penser. (Repair)

Page 905
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900

Outlet Port Adapter 1 Air Cruisers Co. Attaches master gage to
65346-101 V70167 valve outlet port for res-
(D29517 and D18294 ervoir and valve assem-
valves) bly pressure reading.
(Assembly)
Adapter, Valve Outlet 1 Eastern Aero Attaches outlet swivel
Swivel Supply port on valve during
221501-8-4S V56555 pressure gage calibra-
(D18259 valves) tion check. (Assembly)
Master Gage/Adapter 1 Air Cruisers Co. Calibrated pressure
Assembly V70167 readings of reservoir
65425-101 ♦ or ♦ equivalent and valve assembly.
gage per 49 (Assembly)
CFR 180.205
Tool - Adapter, Inflate/ 1 Air Cruisers Co. Connects /pressure
Deflate Valve V70167 gage to inflate/deflate
23D19238-1 valve for inflatable
assembly pressure
reading. (Assembly)
Filler Valve (with O-ring V70167 reservoir and valve
which conforms to assembly charging.
NAS1611-008) (Assembly)
B19285-1
Tool - Filler Valve Unseat- 1 Air Cruisers Co. Opens filler valve for
ing B19286-1 V70167 charging/bleeding.
(Assembly)
Tool - Seat Forming 1 General Pre-forms valve assem-
24B19262-0 Pneumatics bly ball seat. (Assembly)
(D18294 valve) Corp.
V08996

Page 906
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900

Adapter, Vacuum 1 Air Cruisers Co. Adapts vacuum to aspi-
D14057-101 V70167 rator to remove air from
inflatable sub-assem-
bly. (Assembly)
Tool - Detent Pin 1 Air Cruisers Co. Installs detent pin.
24B19261-1 V70167 (Assembly)
(D18259 and D29517
valves)
Tool - Seat Forming 1 General Pre-forms valve assem-
T525R-5 Pneumatics bly ball seat.
Corp. (Assembly)
V08996
TO4853 ♦ 70167 valve/regulator.
(Testing, Assembly)
Tool - Insert/Extract 1 Deutsch Engages/disengages
M81969/14-11 Engineered lamp harness and
Connecting power unit connector
Devices plugs. (Repair)
V4AFU8
Microlambert Test 1 NRD Division Calibrated standard for
Standard V5K923 comparing luminous
T-4102-C handle brightness.
Self Luminous handle (Testing)
(Calibrated 100 Microlam-
bert 1 year life)
High Pressure Chuck 1 Air Cruisers Co. Mounting apparatus for
B19750-1 or TO3836 V70167 valve assembly/testing.
(Assembly)

Page 907
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900

Cloth Clamp 2 Singer Indus- Holds fabric folds in
3539 trial Sewing place during folding pro-
Products cedure.
Cutters (Folding Procedure)
Exchange Div.
V1CHP3
Vacuum, Industrial Type 1 Gast Mfg. Removes air from inflat-
Model R2103 VZY311 or able sub-assembly.
25-26 inches Air Cruisers Co. (Folding Procedure)
(635-660 mm) H2O V70167
Tool - Installation/ 1 Mirada Installs/removes inflate/
Removal, and Handle Research & deflate and relief valves.
B51025 and A51280 Mfg. Co. (Testing, Disassembly,
V08407 Assembly)
Kit, O-Ring Tools 1 Air Cruisers Co. Protects o-rings from
67189-1 V70167 threaded fittings during
installation. (Assembly)
Tool - Inserting Coupling 1 Air Cruisers Co. Used to insert coupling
Pin (Spring) in Pulley V70167 pin into pulley.
23B19261-1 (Assembly)
Relief Valve Test Clamp 1 Air Cruisers Co. Retains relief valve in
TO5862 V70167 “closed” position; pro-
(Used with 64154 relief hibits inflatable assem-
valves.) bly pressure loss during
overpressure and leak-
age testing. (Testing)
Socket - Fusible Plug 1 Air Cruisers Co. Installs/removes fusible/
60593-1 V70167 thermal plug.
(Disassembly)
Spline Key (Bristol Key) 1 Commercially Removes spline screws
0.145 inch diameter (6) Available from relief valve.
Flute (Repair)

Page 908
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900

Allen Wrench (Hex Key) 1 Commercially Installs stainless steel
0.125 inch Available screws into relief valve.
(Repair)
Stainless Steel Button 4 Air Cruisers Co. Used as replacement
Head Hex Screw V70167 for spline screws during
64064-1 relief valve installation.
(Repair)
Pliers, Slip-Lock ♦ 1 Commercially Breaks ultra-sonic
1 1/2 In. (38.1 mm) open- Available welds. (Repair)
ing min.
Magnifier, Eye Loupe 1 Commercially Used for precise exami-
10X power ♦ Available nation of lamp housing.
(Repair)
Pressure Chuck 1 Air Cruisers Co. Mounting apparatus for
65712-1 70167 valve testing.
(Assembly)
Hose Assembly 1 Air Cruisers Co. Connects chuck to
63727-105 70167 machine for testing.
(Assembly)
Adapter, Pressure Chuck 1 Air Cruisers Co. Adapts chuck to hose
66048-4 70167 for testing. (Assembly)
Plug, MS Gage Port, with 1 Air Cruisers Co. Seals port.
O-Ring 4GP 70167 (Assembly)
Plug, Pipe Thread Gage 1 Air Cruisers Co. Seals port.
Port T2PP 70167 (Assembly)
Plug, Fusible Plug Port, 1 Air Cruisers Co. Seals port.
with O-Ring 6GP 70167 (Assembly)
Plug, Burst Disc Port 1 Air Cruisers Co. Seals port.
65714-1 70167 (Assembly)

Page 909
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
3. Special Tools, Fixtures, and Equipment Illustrated
CHARGING ADAPTER
(B19285-1)
TORQUE WRENCH FILLER VALVE

ADAPTER (B19586-3) UNSEATING TOOL
(B19286-1)
FORCE GAGE
(PUSH/PULL)
SPECIAL TOOLS, FIXTURES, AND EQUIPMENT ILLUSTRATED

FIGURE 901
Page 910
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
BAFFLE
BAFFLE SUPPORT
FIXTURE
PRESSURE
TRANSDUCER
CONDUCTOR
CABLE ASSEMBLY ASPIRATOR
RECORDER
(2 CHANNEL) ASSEMBLY
HOSE ASSEMBLY
FIGURE 902
RESERVOIR AND
D29835 22D22900
VALVE ASSEMBLY
25-60-34
O-RING
CHAIN VISE
NEOPRENE
STRAP

RESERVOIR
SUPPORT
22 Nov 2007
Page 911
D29835 22D22900
NEOPRENE STRAP
VALVE OUTLET
PORT PLUG
(AN814-10)
INSERT/EXTRACT
TOOL (M81969/14-11)
SAFETY CAP
(HIGH PRESSURE CAP)
(AN929-8)

FIGURE 903
Page 912
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
ADAPTER, 23D19238-1
CHAIN VISE

FIGURE 904
Page 913
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
BOTTLE FITTING
ADAPTER
(25B17449-103)
HIGH PRESSURE
CHUCK
O-RING TOOL
HYDROSTATIC TEST
ADAPTER
(C19848-1)

FIGURE 905
Page 914
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
HAND ROLLER
MANOMETER
SPATULA/PUSHER
(PA1)
SPECIAL TOOLS, FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT ILLUSTRATED

FIGURE 906
Page 915
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
TEST CONNECTORS
VOLTMETER
POWER UNIT
PUSH TO TEST TEST
POWER UNIT ONLY
PUSH TO TEST POWER UNIT

LAMP AMD
HARNESS LAMP TEST
PUSH TO TEST TS-10

TS-10 PROCEDURE
AMMETER D PROCEDURE ONLY
C
E
OFF ARM
MODEL TU-12
B F TEST UNIT
A
LOAD SELECTOR ACTIVATE
TEST SET MODEL TU-12
CORPORATION
FORT LAUDERDALE
J4 FLORIDA
J-1 E-1 E-2 J-3
115 VAC
TEST SET NEEDS
FUSE CHARGE
1 AMP
CHARGING
C D
LOW
S-6
B
E VOLTMETER AMMETER
VOLTS AMPS ON
A F S-5 S-2 S-4 S-3 S-1

BATTERY TEST TEST
TEST SET MODEL TU-14
SPECIAL TOOLS, FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT ILLUSTRATED

FIGURE 907
Page 916
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
TS-420 TEST UNIT
SELF TEST LOW BATT

(5VDC POWER SUPPLY) (INTERNAL BATTERY)
BASEWEST
TS-420 TEST SET
Escape Slide Lighting Systems
Digital Voltmeter/Ammeter
with 5VDC Power Supply
VOLTMETER
C D
B
A E
NO F
LOAD
AMMETER PRESS TO TEST LOAD SELECTOR
SPECIAL TOOLS, FIXTURES AND EQUIPTMENT ILLUSTRATED

FIGURE 908
Page 917
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
HYDROSTATIC
TEST MACHINE
TO4853

FIGURE 909
Page 918
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
BOTTLE
WITH SPOUT
BOTTLE
BAROMETER
WITH PUMP
SOLDERING IRON
MAGNIFIER,
EYE LOUPE

FIGURE 910
Page 919
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
RELIEF VALVE
LOCKING TOOL
(D19747-101)
RELIEF VALVE
TEST CLAMP
TO5862
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
TOOL (B51025)
HANDLE
(A51280)
VACUUM ADAPTER
CLOTH CLAMP
(3539)

FIGURE 911
Page 920
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
VALVE OUTLET PORT

FITTING-MASTER GAGE ASSEMBLY
65346-101
MASTER GAGE/ADAPTOR
65425-101
VALVE OUTLET PORT SWIVEL

FITTING-MASTER GAGE ASSEMBLY
221501-8-4S

FIGURE 912
Page 921, 22 Nov 2007

25-60-34 Page 922, Blank
D29835 22D22900
TABLE OF CONTENTS
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST
Page
1. General 1002
2. Material Arrangement 1002
3. How to Use the Parts List 1004
4. List of Abbreviations/Symbols 1005
5. Vendor Codes 1006
6. Numerical Index 1006
7. Detailed Parts List 1006
Page 1001
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
1. General
This parts list (IPL) contains the complete listing of all replaceable parts of the
inflatable assembly.
2. Material Arrangement
This IPL is comprised of the following sections.

A. Introduction
The introduction contains all the information necessary for the use of
this IPL. It also contains a list of abbreviations used in the detailed
parts list, and a list of manufactures codes, names, and addresses.
B. Numerical Index
This section has a list of all part numbers in the detailed parts list in
alpha-numerical sequence with cross-reference to the IPL Fig./Item
numbers as well as the quantity.
Sequence as follows:
(1). Letters A through Z (“O” to be considered zero).
(2). Numerals 0 through 9.
C. Detailed Parts List
The detailed parts list illustrates all parts attached by means other than
riveting, sewing, or cementing. Parts attached by these means are
included when the next higher assembly is replaced.
(1). Column FIG/ITEM
The first number in the first line of a page indicates the number of
the first figure illustrating the part. The second number indicates
the item number by which the part is identifiable on the illustra-
tion. A dash (-) placed before the item number indicates that the
part is not illustrated.
(2). Column PART NUMBER
The part number column contains the original manufacturer part
number. When standard parts are used, the standard part num-
ber is listed in this column.
(3). Column AIRLINE PART NUMBER
This column is left blank for airline use.
Page 1002
25-60-34 9 Mar 2005
D29835 22D22900
(4). Column NOMENCLATURE

(a). Indenture System
The indenture system shows the relationship of parts and
assemblies to next higher assemblies or installations, as fol-
lows:
1234567
Assembly or installation assembly (RF) number attaching parts
for assembly or installation
.Detail parts for assembly

Sub-assembly
Attaching parts for sub-assembly
..Detailed parts for sub-assembly

sub-sub-assembly
Attaching parts for sub-sub-assembly
...Detailed parts for sub-sub-assembly

(b). Attaching Parts
Attaching parts are captioned ATTACHING PARTS and are
listed immediately following the parts attached. The *** symbol
follows the last item of the attaching parts group.
(c). Vendor Code
Parts manufactured by companies other than Air Cruisers
Company are identified by an appropriate vendor code follow-
ing the nomenclature. Vendor codes are in accordance with
current issues of Federal Supply Codes for Manufacturers Cat-
alog handbooks H4-1, H4-2, and H4-3, and are preceded by
the letter “V”. Standard parts such as AN, MS, etc. are not
identified by vendor code.
Page 1003
25-60-34 9 Mar 2005
D29835 22D22900
(5). Column EFF CODE

The Effectivity Code Column establishes part relationships with
units or assemblies which are essentially the same but have
minor deviations. These units or assemblies are assigned refer-
ence letters such as A, B, C, etc. Parts which are not common to
all configurations but are associated with one or more of the
coded lead items carry the letter or letters assigned to the lead
item with which it is associated. Where a part is common to all
lead items, the effectivity column is left blank.
(6). Column UNITS PER ASSEMBLY
This column contains the quantity of a specific catalog sequence
numbered part required in the build sequence of only one (where
more than one exists), next higher sub-sub-assembly, sub-
assembly, assembly or installation level as applicable. For bulk
items, the letters “AR” are inserted in the quantity column to indi-
cate “as required”. Where items are listed for reference purposes,
“RF” is inserted.
3. How to Use the Parts List
A. If the part number is known

(1). Find the part number in the Numerical Index. Note the Figure and
item number.
(2). Turn to the Figure.
(3). Locate the part on the illustration and in the parts list by item
number.
B. The part number is unknown
(1). Refer to the applicable Figure and look for the illustration of the
part.
(2). Note the item number.
(3). Turn to the applicable parts list and refer to the corresponding
item number.
Page 1004
25-60-34 9 Mar 2005
D29835 22D22900
4. List of Abbreviations/Symbols/Definitions
A. Abbreviations/Symbols
The following abbreviations/symbols are the more commonly used in
this IPL. This list is to be used in conjunction with the Glossary of
Abbreviations and Symbols, Introduction section.
AR As Required NP Not Procurable

ASSY. Assembly R Revised
BKDN Breakdown RF. Reference
CMM Component R.H. Right Hand
Maintenance Manual
EFF. Effectivity R.S. Right Side
FIG. Figure Subs Subsequent
IPL Illustrated Parts List Supsd Superseded
L.H. Left Hand Supsds Supersedes
L.S. Left Side *** End of Attaching Hardware
NHA Next Higher Assembly - Item Not Illustrated
NO. Number Δ Denotes Intentionally Left
Blank
B. Definitions
Superseded by: The part is superseded by the item number variant
noted in the nomenclature and will not be available for future procure-
ment.
Supersedes: The part supersedes the item number variant noted in the
nomenclature and is available for future procurement.
Page 1005
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
5. Vendor Codes
Table 1001 lists data for manufactures whose code appears in the
Nomenclature Column of the Detailed Parts List. Absence of a vendor
code following a part number identifies an Air Cruisers Company part.
A part number in parenthesis following a vendor code identifies the
corresponding Air Cruisers Company part number when applicable.
CODE NAME/ADDRESS
V08996 General Pneumatics Corporation

440 Washington Street
Orange, NJ 07050-1999
V25184 Parker Hannifin Corp. Div. O-ring Division
104 Hartman Drive
Lebanon, Tennessee 37087-2516
V55827 D. M. E. Corporation
6830 N. W. 16th Terrace
Fort Lauderdale, FL 33309-1518
V81205 Boeing Commercial Airplane Group
20403 68th Ave.
SMS 8K-10
Kent, WA 98032-2316
V98021 Halkey Roberts
11600 9th Street North
St. Petersburg, FL 33716-6239
VENDOR INFORMATION
TABLE 1001
6. Numerical Index
A. Numerical index listed on pages 1007 through pages 1024.
7. Detailed Parts List

A. Detailed parts listed on pages 1025 through 1076.
Page 1006
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
AIRLINE IPL TOTAL

PART NUMBER ITEM
PART NUMBER FIGURE REQUIRED
AN505C4-3 1 93A
1A 53A
5 134A
5 143A
5A 123A
DELETED
AN565DC8H4 7 200B 3
8 190A 3
SUPSDS 8-32 X 1/4
B14053-9 3 45 1
SUPSD BY B14056-916
B14056-008 7 260 1
8 120 1
B14056-112 7 330 1
8 230 1
B14056-907 7 110 2
8 240 2
B14056-908 7 230 1
B14056-910 5 40A 1
5A 30A 1
B14056-914 7 150 1
8 320 1
B14056-916 3 46 1
SUPSDS B14053-9
B14056-916 6 20A 1
B14108-601 8 290 1
B16045-1 1 340A 2
1A 230A 2
5 330A 1
5A 310A 1
B17529-1 1 90A 1
1A 50A 1
5 140A 1
SUPSD BY B17529-105
B17529-103 5 136 1
SUPSD BY B17529-107
Page 1007
25-60-34 9 Mar 2005
D29835 22D22900
AIRLINE IPL TOTAL

PART NUMBER ITEM
B17529-105 1A 55 1
5 135 1
5A 131A 1
SUPSD BY D17992-109
B17529-105 5 131A 1
SUPSD BY B17529-109
B17529-107 5 137 1
SUPSD BY B17529-111
B17529-109 5 135 1
SUPSDS B17529-105
B17529-111 5 138 1
SUPSDS B17529-107
B19313-101 1 480A 1
SUPSD BY 60464-101
B19313-111 5 450A 1
SUPSD BY 60464-111
B19402-1 1 520A
5 480A
DELETED
B19408-101 1 200A 1
1A 110A 1
5 200A 1
5A 180A 1
B19667-131 5 490A
DELETED
B29509-1 1 420A 1
1A 310A 1
5 410A 1
5A 390A 1
SUPSD BY MS22054-1
B29667-129 1 510A
DELETED
B30299-501 5 500A
DELETED
B30299-501 1 530A
DELETED
B30371-103 1 370A 2
5 350A 2
Page 1008
25-60-34 9 Mar 2005
D29835 22D22900
AIRLINE IPL TOTAL

PART NUMBER ITEM
B30371-109 5A 330A
DELETED
B30371-109 1 375A 2
1A 270A 2
SUPSD BY B30371-119
B30371-119 1 375B 2
1A 270B 2
SUPSDS B30371-109
B30372-103 1 380A 2
5 360A 2
B30372-107 1 385A 2
1A 260A 2
SUPSD BY B30372-119
B30372-107 5A 340A
DELETED
B30372-119 1 385B 2
1A 260B 2
SUPSDS B30372-107
C15093-18 1 460A 2
SUSD BY 62895-18
C15093-20 5 440A 1
SUPSD BY 62845-20
C15094-1 1 470A 1
SUPSD BY C15094-107
C15094-107 1 475 1
SUPSDS C15094-1
C15097-503 5 430A 1
SUPSD BY C15097-505
C15097-505 5 430B 1
SUPSD BY C15097-507
C15097-507 5 430C 1
SUPSD BY C15097-509
C15097-509 5 430D 1
SUPSDS C15097-507
C16400-115 1 190A 1
5 190A 1
5A 170B 1
C16400-117 5A 170A 1
Page 1009
25-60-34 9 Mar 2005
D29835 22D22900
AIRLINE IPL TOTAL

PART NUMBER ITEM
C17734-101 5 30A 1
5A 20A 1
SUPSD BY 65396-101
C17751-101 1 70A 1
1A 30A 1
C17796-1 7 145 1
SUPSD BY 520S0003-1
C17796-1 8 315 1
SUPSDS 527S0003-1
C17936-3 7 295 1
SUPSDS 825GPS07
C17936-3 8 375 1
SUPSDS 825GPS07-1
C18170-1 3 70A 1
6 40A 1
C18251-101 5 80A 1
5A 70A 1
SUPSD BY C18251-103
C18251-103 5 80B 1
5A 75 1
SUPSDS C18251-101
C19315-103 1 550A
DELETED
C19315-105 1 540A
DELETED
C19326-101 1 490A 1
1 500A 2
5 470A 2
5 460A 1
C19409-105 1 360A 1
5 370A 1
C19409-109 5A 350A 1
C19409-111 1A 250A 1
C19409-111 5A 350B 1
C19409-115 1 365A 1
Page 1010
25-60-34 9 Mar 2005
D29835 22D22900
AIRLINE IPL TOTAL

PART NUMBER ITEM
C19565-101 1 430A 1
1A 320A 1
5 270A 1
5A 250A 1
C23900-103 5 60A 1
5A 50A 1
C29949-101 5 100A 1
5A 90A 1
C36128-101 1A 75 1
5 165 1
5A 145 1
SUPSD BY 61813-101
D16400-117 1A 100A 1
D17467-509 5 320A 1
5A 300A 1
D17490-5 8 280A 1
ACCEPTABLE REPLACEMENT
FOR 828GPS07B
D17529-105 1 95 1
SUPSD BY D17992-109
D17703-503 1 330A 2
1A 220A 2
D17750-103 1 80A 1
3 1A RF
1A 40A 1
D17782-101 5 70A 1
5A 60A 1
6 1A RF
D17992-109 1 96 1
1A 56 1
5 140B 1
5A 125 1
SUPSDS B17529-105
D18259-107 3 50A 1
4 1A RF
D18294-103 6 35 1
SUPSDS D29517-521
D19390-105 1 130A 1
Page 1011
25-60-34 9 Mar 2005
D29835 22D22900
AIRLINE IPL TOTAL

PART NUMBER ITEM
D19390-105 1 140A 1
D19411-103 5 180A 1
D19411-109 1 150A 1
D19411-111 1 160A 1
D19411-113 1 170A 1
D19411-115 1 180A 1
D19411-117 1A 90A 1
D19411-119 5A 160A 1
D19411-121 1 185A 1
D19411-123 5A 160B 1
D19868-101 1 50A 1
D29517-521 6 30A 1
SUPSD BY D18294-103
D29835-103 1 1A RF
D29835-105 1 1B RF
D29835-107 1 1C RF
D29835-109 1 1D RF
D29835-201 1 10A RF
D29835-203 1 10B RF
D29835-205 1 20A RF
D29835-207 1 20B RF
D29835-209 1 20C RF
D29835-211 1 20D RF
D29835-213 1 20E RF
D29835-215 1 20F RF
D29835-217 1 20G RF
D29835-219 1 20H RF
D29835-221 1 20J RF
D29835-223 1 20K RF
D29835-225 1 20L RF
D29835-227 1 20M RF
D29835-229 1A 1A RF
D29835-231 1 20N RF
D29841-103 1 290A 1
D29841-105 1 291A 1
D29841-107 1A 180A 1
D29841-109 1 292A 1
Page 1012
25-60-34 9 Mar 2005
D29835 22D22900
AIRLINE IPL TOTAL

PART NUMBER ITEM
D29842-103 1 395A 1
1A 280A 1
D29859-101 1 30A 1
D29859-103 1 40A 1
D29868-101 1 50A 1
1A 20A 1
D29868-105 1 60A 1
D29934-101 5 280A 1
D29934-103 5 280B 1
D29934-105 5 280C 1
DELETED
D29934-105 5A 260A 1
D29934-107 5A 260B 1
D29934-107 5 280D 1
DELETED
D29948-101 5 10A 1
D29948-103 5 20A 1
D29948-103 5A 10A 1
GP1AB015 4 210A 2
GP1AB019 4 360A 1
LC016B4MW 7 75 1
8 105 1
SUPSDS 504S0024
M11029-2 5A 210A 1
5A 230A 1
5A 220A 1
1 230A 1
5 230A 1
1A 160A 1
1 240A 1
1 250A 1
1A 140A 1
1A 150A 1
5 250A 1
5 240A 1
MS20813-1 7 106 1
7 120 1
Page 1013
25-60-34 9 Mar 2005
D29835 22D22900
AIRLINE IPL TOTAL

PART NUMBER ITEM
MS22054-1 1 425A 1
1A 315 1
5 415A 1
5A 395 1
SUPSD BY 62892-1
MS28777-10 5 50A 1
5A 40A 1
14C13060-0 1 210A 1
1A 120A 1
5 210A 1
5A 190A 1
14C13061-0 1 220A 1
1A 130A 1
5 220A 1
5A 200A 1
SUPSD BY 61694-101
15C22155-11 1 410A 1
5 400A 1
15C22155-18 1A 300A 1
5A 380A 1
SUPSD BY 15C22155-22
15C22155-22 1A 305 1
5A 380B 1
SUPSDS 15C22155-18
16D17194-5 6 10A 1
16D17194-25 3 20A 1
SUPSD BY 65334-25
17B17214-101 3 90 1
17C22315-1 1 281A 1
5 267 1
5A 240A 1
SUPSD BY 65C26196-1
17C22315-3 1 271A 1
1A 170A 1
SUPSD BY 65C26196-4
17C22315-4 1 280A 1
SUPSD BY 65C26196-1
Page 1014
25-60-34 9 Mar 2005
D29835 22D22900
AIRLINE IPL TOTAL

PART NUMBER ITEM
17C22315-5 5 260A 1
SUPSD BY 65C26196-3
17C22315-6 1 270A 1
SUPSD BY 65C26196-4
18A19545-0 5 90A 1
5A 80A 1
19C18191-8C 5 390A 1
19C18191-8E 1A 290A 1
SUPSD BY 64154-5
19C18191-8E 5A 370A 1
19C18191-8E 1 400A 1
SUPSD BY 64154-5
19C22442-22 1 320A 2
DELETED
19C22442-24 5 310A 2
DELETED
19C22442-26 1A 210A 2
DELETED
19C22442-27 5A 290A 2
DELETED
21C22677-103 1 440A 1
1A 330A 1
21D22634-10 1 300A 1
21D22634-11 5 290B 1
21D22634-12 1A 190A 1
21D22634-13 5A 270A 1
21D22634-8 5 290A 1
22B22846-0 1 92A
1A 52A
5 142A
5A 122A
DELETED
22B22846-5 5 133A
DELETED
22C22845-101 5 130A 1
Page 1015
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
AIRLINE IPL TOTAL

PART NUMBER ITEM
22C22849-1 1 91A
1A 51A
5 132A
5 141A
5A 121A
DELETED
22C22850-6 3 80A 1
6 50A 1
22D22854-1 1 260A 1
22D22900-101 5 1A RF
22D22900-103 5 1B RF
22D22900-141 5 1C RF
22D22900-143 5 1D RF
22D22900-145 5 1E RF
22D22900-147 5 1F RF
22D22900-149 5A 1A RF
22D22900-151 5A 1B RF
22D22900-87 5A 110A 1
23B14053-9 3 40A 1
SUPSD BY B14053-9
23D22935-103 5 380A 1
23D22935-105 5A 360A 1
24C29259-1 1 450A 1
24C29259-2 5 510 1
25A19275-15 1 350A 1
25A19275-18 5 340A 1
25A19275-19 1A 240A 1
1 355A 1
25A19275-20 5A 320A 1
25C29356-1 1 310A 2
5 300A 2
DELETED
25C29356-103 1A 200A 2
5A 280A 2
DELETED
26B16522-1 5 110A 1
5A 100A 1
SUPSD BY 26B17522-3
Page 1016
25-60-34 9 Mar 2005
D29835 22D22900
AIRLINE IPL TOTAL

PART NUMBER ITEM
26B17522-3 5 110B 1
5A 100B 1
SUPSDS 26B17522-1
26C15091-1 1 100A 1
1A 60A 1
5 150A 1
5A 130A
26C15091-5 1 110A 1
SUPSD BY 61813-101
26C15091-5 1A 70A 1
5 160A 1
5A 140A 1
SUPSD BY C36128-101
26C15091-6 1 120A 1
1A 80A 1
5 170A 1
5A 150A 1
SUPSD BY 61812-1
504S0010-2 4 70A 1
7 90 1
504S0017 4 270A 1
504S0018 4 20A 1
7 40 1
504S0024 4 60A 1
504S0024 7 70 1
8 100 1
SUPSD BY LC016B4MW
510S0005-3 4 170A 1
510S0006 4 300A 1
510S0007 4 50A 1
510S0008-8 4 30A 1
7 30 1
510S0009 4 160A 1
510S0011 4 320A 1
510S0012 4 140A 1
510S0015 4 130A 1
Page 1017
25-60-34 9 Mar 2005
D29835 22D22900
AIRLINE IPL TOTAL

PART NUMBER ITEM
510S0016 4 80A 1
7 80 1
8 80 1
510S0018 4 380A 1
510S0019 4 100A 4
510S002-1 4 350A 1
510S0021 4 340A 1
7 250 1
8 130 1
SUPSD BY 65278-1
510S0022 4 150A 1
510S0023 4 10A 1
7 20 1
8 30 1
510S0025 4 40A 2
7 50 2
510S0029 4 310A 2
510S0036 4 220A 1
510S0038 4 390 1
510S0039 4 190A 1
510S0040 4 200A 1
510S0041 4 250A 1
510S0042 4 280A 1
510S0043 4 260A 1
510S0044 4 230A 3
515S0005-1 7 170 1
515S0005-2 8 50 1
515S0028 4 240A 1
ALTERNATE WITH 60324-1
515S0028 7 210 1
SUPSD BY 60324-1
515S0028-2 8 180 1
519S0003 7 200 3
SUPSD BY 8-32 X 1/4
520S0003-1 7 140 1
SUPSD BY C17796-1
520S0004 7 220 1
8 170 1
Page 1018
25-60-34 9 Mar 2005
D29835 22D22900
AIRLINE IPL TOTAL

PART NUMBER ITEM
520S0007 7 130 1
520S0010 7 185 1
SUPSDS 520S0010-A
520S0010-A 7 180 1
SUPSD BY 520S0010
520S0011 8 380 1
520S0011-1 7 325 1
SUPSDS 520S0011-H
520S0011-H 7 320 1
SUPSD BY 520S0011-1
520S0012 7 300 1
8 220 1
520S0013 7 60 1
520S0017 7 190 1
520S0020 7 240 1
520S0020-1 8 40 1
520S0021 7 270 2
8 150 2
520S0022 7 280 1
8 60 1
521GPS 7 1A RF
DELETED
521S0002 7 10 1
SUPSD BY 521S0002-1
521S0002-1 7 10A 1
SUPSDS 521S0002
525S0006 8 90 1
525S0006 8 350
DELETED
525S0007 8 330 1
525S0031 8 270 1
527GPS-1 8 1 RF
DELETED
527S0002-1 8 10 1
527S0003-1 8 310 1
SUPSD BY C17796-1
527S0004 8 390 1
Page 1019
25-60-34 9 Mar 2005
D29835 22D22900
AIRLINE IPL TOTAL

PART NUMBER ITEM
527S0006 8 20 1
SUPSD BY 527S0034-1
527S0010 8 70 1
527S0013 8 360 1
SUPSD BY 527S0037
527S0015 8 250 1
527S0016 8 400 1
527S0025 8 160 1
527S0026 8 265 1
SUPSDS 527S0027
527S0027 8 260 1
SUPSD BY 527S0026
527S0029 8 340 1
SUPSD BY 65081-1
527S0030 8 300 2
527S003-1 8 310 1
527S0034 8 165 2
SUPSDS 527S0025
527S0034-1 8 25 1
SUPSDS 527S0006
527S0037 8 365 1
SUPSDS 527S0013
60324-1 4 240B 1
ALTERNATE WITH 515S0028
60324-1 7 215 1
SUPSDS 515S0028
60464-101 1 485 1
SUPSDS B19313-101
60464-111 5 455 1
SUPSDS B19313-111
608K0616 7 160 1
8 140 1
61694-1 1 220B 1
1A 130B 1
5 220B 1
5A 200B 1
SUPSDS 14C13061-0
Page 1020
25-60-34 9 Mar 2005
D29835 22D22900
AIRLINE IPL TOTAL

PART NUMBER ITEM
61812-1 1 125 1
1A 85 1
5 170B 1
5A 155 1
SUPSDS 26C15091-6
61813-101 1 115 1
SUPSDS 26C15091-5
61813-101 1A 76 1
5 165A 1
5A 145A 1
SUPSDS C36128-101
61814-1 1 560 1
62179-1 4 110C 1
7 105A 1
8 202 1
SUPSDS 889CAS10-1
62845-20 5 445 1
SUPSDS C15093-20
62892-1 1 425B 1
1A 315A 1
5 415B 1
5A 395A 1
SUPSDS MS22054-1
62895-18 1 465A 2
SUPSDS C15093-18
64154-5 1 400B 1
1A 290B 1
65081-1 8 340A 1
SUPSDS 527S0029
65278-1 4 340B 1
7 250A 1
8 130A 1
SUPSDS 510S0021
65334-25 3 25A 1
SUPSDS 16D17194-25
Page 1021
25-60-34 9 Mar 2005
D29835 22D22900
AIRLINE IPL TOTAL

PART NUMBER ITEM
65396-101 5 30B 1
5A 20B 1
SUPSDS C17734-101
65C26196-1 1 283 1
SUPSDS 17C22315-4-1
65C26196-1 5 268 1
SUPSD BY 65C26196-3
65C26196-1 5 268 1
5A 240B 1
SUPSDS 17C22315-1
65C26196-2 1 265 1
65C26196-3 5 265 1
SUPSDS 17C22315-5
65C26196-4 1 273 1
SUPSDS 17C22315-6-3
65C26196-4 1A 175 1
SUPSDS 17C22315-3
710L0407 8 110 1
826GPS07 7 290 1
SUPSD BY C17936-3
826GPS07-1 8 370 1
SUPSD BY C17936-3
828GPS07B 8 280 1
8-32 X 1/4 8 190 3
SUPSD BY AN565DC8H4
8-32 X 1/4 7 200A 3
SUPSDS 519S0003
SUPSD BY AN565DC8H4
858GPS10-1 4 90A 1
866P0009 4 330A 1
888P0802 8 210 1
888P0802 7 310 1
889CAS10 4 110A 1
7 100 1
8 200 1
SUPSD BY 889CAS10-1
Page 1022
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
AIRLINE IPL TOTAL

PART NUMBER ITEM
889CAS10-1 4 110B 1
7 105 1
8 201 1
SUPSD BY 62179-1
980000420 1 405 1
1A 295 1
Page 1023
25-60-34 9 Mar 2005
D29835 22D22900
Page 1024
25-60-34 9 Mar 2005
D29835 22D22900
30A, 40A
265, 273, 283

120B
110B
-100 SERIES
96
50A, 60A
273, 283
450A -200 SERIES

IPL FIGURE 1
(SHEET 1 OF 2)
Page 1025
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
475
465A
500A
485
265, 273, 283

190A
130A
490A
350A,355A
330A 425B 300A,305A
360A,365A
500A
70A
340A 80A
380A,
385B
370A,
400B 375B
405
410A
400A 290A, 291A,

291B

IPL FIGURE 1
(SHEET 2 OF 2)
Page 1026
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
UNITS
FIG. AIRLINE NOMENCLATURE EFF.
PART NUMBER PER
ITEM PART NO. 1234567 CODE
ASSY.
1
-1A D29835-103 Evacuation Slide System A RF
(Automatic)
-1B D29835-105 Evacuation Slide System B RF
(Manual)
-1C D29835-107 Evacuation Slide System C RF
(Automatic)
-1D D29835-109 Evacuation Slide System D RF
(Manual)
-10A D29835-201 Evacuation Slide System E RF
(Automatic)
-10B D29835-203 Evacuation Slide System F RF
(Manual)
-20A D29835-205 Evacuation Slide System G RF
(Automatic)
-20B D29835-207 Evacuation Slide System H RF
(Manual)
-20C D29835-209 Evacuation Slide System J RF
(Automatic)
-20D D29835-211 Evacuation Slide System K RF
(Automatic)
-20E D29835-213 Evacuation Slide System L RF
(Manual)
-20F D29835-215 Evacuation Slide System M RF
(Automatic)
- Item Not Illustrated
Page 1027
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
UNITS
PART NUMBER PER
ASSY.
1
-20G D29835-217 Evacuation Slide System N RF
(Manual)
-20H D29835-219 Evacuation Slide System P RF
(Automatic)
-20J D29835-221 Evacuation Slide System Q RF
(Manual)
-20K D29835-223 Evacuation Slide System R RF
(Automatic)
-20L D29835-225 Evacuation Slide System S RF
(Automatic)
-20M D29835-227 Evacuation Slide System T RF
(Automatic)
-20N D29835-231 Evacuation Slide System U RF
(Automatic)
30A D29859-101 .Container Assembly A,C 1
(Automatic)
40A D29859-103 .Container Assembly B,D 1
(Manual)
50A D29868-101 .Container Assembly E,G,J, 1
(Automatic) K,P,M,
R,S,T,
U
60A D29868-105 .Container Assembly F,H,L, 1
(Manual) N,Q
70A C17751-101 .Hose Assembly 1
Page 1028
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
UNITS
PART NUMBER PER
ASSY.
1
80A D17750-103 .Reservoir and Valve 1
Assembly (See IPL
Figure 3 for BKDN)
-90A B17529-1 .Handle Assembly, Pull 1
(Supsd by Item 95)
-91A 22C22849-1 .Deleted
-92A 22B22846-0 .Deleted
-93A AN505C4-3 .Deleted
-95 D17529-105 .Handle Assembly, Pull 1
(Supsds Item 90A)
(Supsd by Item 96)
96 D17992-109 .Handle Assembly, Pull 1
(Supsds Item 95)
-100A 26C15091-1 .Disconnect, Cable 1
-110A 26C15091-5 ..Disconnect, Body 1
(Supsd by Item 110B)
110B 61813-101 ..Disconnect, Body 1
(Supsds Item 110A)
-120A 26C15091-6 ..Disconnect, Sleeve 1
(Supsd by Item 125)
120B 61812-1 ..Disconnect, Sleeve 1
(Supsds Item 120A)
130A D19390-103 .Girt Assembly, Detachable A,C 1
(Automatic)
-140A D19390-105 .Girt Assembly, Detachable B,D 1
(Manual)
Page 1029
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
UNITS
PART NUMBER PER
ASSY.
1
-150A D19411-109 .Girt Assembly, Detachable E,K,R 1
-160A D19411-111 .Girt Assembly, Detachable F,L 1
(Manual)
-170A D19411-113 .Girt Assembly, Detachable G,J,M, 1
P,S,T
-180A D19411-115 .Girt Assembly, Detachable H,N,Q 1
-185A D19411-121 .Girt Assembly, Detachable U 1
190A C16400-115 .Cable Assembly, 1
Girt Release
-200A B19408-101 .Mooring Line Assembly 1
-210A 14C13060-0 ..Release, Manual, 1
Mooring Line
-220A 14C13061-0 ..Release, Automatic, 1
Mooring Line
-220B 61694-101 ..Release, Automatic, 1
Mooring Line
(Supsds Item 220A)
R -230A M11029-2 ..Cord, (23 In. long) (584.2 mm) 1
-260A 22D22854-1 .Girt Bar A,B,C, 1
(Supsd by Item 265) D
265 65C26196-2 .Girt Bar A,B,C, 1
(Supsds Item 260A) D
Page 1030
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
UNITS
PART NUMBER PER
ASSY.
1
-270A 17C22315-6 .Girt Bar (Short) E,F,J,K 1
(Supsd by Item 273) ,L,P
-271A 17C22315-3 .Girt Bar (Short) R,U 1
(Supsd by Item 273)
273 65C26196-4 .Girt Bar Assembly E,F,J, 1
(Supsds Items 270A or 271A) K,L,P,
R,U
-280A 17C22315-4 .Girt Bar (Long) G,H,M, 1
(Supsd by Item 283) N,S,T
-281A 17C22315-1 .Girt Bar (Long) Q 1
(Supsd by Item 283)
283 65C26196-1 .Girt Bar G,H,M, 1
(Supsds Items 280A or 281A) N,S,T,
Q
290A D29841-103 .Slide Assembly A,B,E, 1
F,G,H,
K,L,M,
N,Q,R
291A D29841-105 .Slide Assembly C,D,J, 1
P,S,T
291B D29841-109 .Slide Assembly U 1
300A 21D22634-10 ..Reservoir Sling Assembly A,B,C, 1
D,E,F,
G,H,J,
K,L,M,
N,P,Q,
R,S,T
Page 1031
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
UNITS
PART NUMBER PER
ASSY.
1
305A 21D22364-12 ..Reservoir Sling Assembly U 1
R -310A 25C29356-1 ..Deleted
R -320A 19C22442-22 ..Deleted
330A D17703-503 ..Aspirator Assembly 2
340A B16045-1 ..Clamp, Worm Drive 2
350A 25A19275-15 ..Tab and Clasp Assembly A,B,C, 1
D,E,F,
G,H,J,
K,L,M,
N,P,Q,
R,S,T
355A 25A19275-19 ..Tab and Clasp Assembly U 1
360A C19409-105 ..Tape Assembly, Re-Entry A,B,C, 1
D,E,F,
G,H,J,
K,L,M,
N,P,Q,
R,S,T
365A C19409-115 ..Tape Assembly, Re-Entry U 1
370A B30371-103 ..Rail Positioner (Male) A,B,C, 2
D,E,F,
G,H,J,
K,L,M,
N,P,Q,
R,S,T
-375A B30371-109 ..Rail Positioner (Male) U 2
Page 1032
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
UNITS
PART NUMBER PER
ASSY.
1
375B B30371-119 ..Rail Positioner (Male) U 2
(Supsds Item 375A)
380A B30372-103 ..Rail Positioner (Female) A,B,C, 2
D,E,F,
G,H,J,
K,L,M,
N,P,Q,
R,S,T
-385A B30372-107 ..Rail Positioner (Female) U 2
R 385B B30372-119 ..Rail Positioner (Female) U 2
(Supsds Item 385A)
-390A D29842-101 ..Tube and Floor Assembly A,B,C, 1
(Not Procurable, Order D,E,F,
NHA) G,H,J,
K,L,M,
N,P,Q,
R,S,T
-395A D29842-103 ..Tube and Floor Assembly U 1
(Not Procurable, Order
NHA)
400A 19C18191-8E ...Valve, Relief 1
(Pre S.B. 103-25-39)
400B 64154-5 ...Valve, Relief 1
(Post S.B. 103-25-39)
405 980000420 ....Gasket (V98021) 1
410A 15C22155-11 ...Cover, Relief Valve 1
(Used with Item 400A only)
Page 1033
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
UNITS
PART NUMBER PER
ASSY.
1 1
-420A B29509-1 ...Inflate/Deflate Valve 1
(Supsd by Item 425A)
-425A MS22054-1 ...Inflate/Deflate Valve 1
(Supsds Item 420A)
425B 62892-1 ...Inflate/Deflate Valve 1
(Supsds Item 425A)
-430A C19565-101 .Tag Assembly, Caution 1
-440A 21C22677-103 .Pad, Gage Protection A,B,C, 1
D
450A 24C29259-1 .Cable and Latch Assembly E,F,G, 1
H,J,S
-460A C15093-18 .Lamp Harness Assembly C,D,J, 2
(Supsd by Item 465A) P,S,T
465A 62895-18 .Lamp Harness Assembly C,D,J, 2
(Supsds Item 460A) P,S,T
-470A C15094-1 .Power Unit C,D,J, 1
(Supsd by Item 475) P,S,T
475 C15094-107 .Power Unit C,D,J, 1
(Supsds Item 470A) P,S,T
-480A B19313-101 .Light Activating Lanyard C,D,J, 1
Assembly P,S,T
(Supsd by Item 485)
485 60464-101 .Light Activating Lanyard C,D,J, 1
Assembly P,S,T
(Supsds Item 480A)
Page 1034
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
UNITS
PART NUMBER PER
ASSY.
1
R 490A C19326-101 ..Sleeve Assembly C,D,J, 1
(32 In. long) (812.8 mm) P,S,T
R 500A C19326-101 ..Sleeve Assembly C,D,J, 2
(162 In. long) (4114.8 mm) P,S,T
-510A B29667-129 .Deleted
-520A B19402-1 .Deleted
-530A B30299-501 .Deleted
-540A C19315-105 .Deleted
-550A C19315-103 .Deleted
-560 61814-1 .Inspection Log A, B, C, 1
D
Page 1035
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
140A 20A
110A
160A
120A
150A 130B
175
100A
90A
190A
315A 90A
30A
80B
75A
260B
56
270B
40A
230A 180A
220A 250A
290B
240A
295
210A
305
290A 200A

IPL FIGURE 1A
Page 1036
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
UNITS
PART NUMBER PER
ASSY.
1A
-1A D29835-229 Evacuation Slide System RF
(Automatic)
20A D29868-101 .Container Assembly 1
(Automatic)
30A C17751-101 .Hose Assembly 1
Assembly (See IPL Figure 3
for BKDN)
(Supsd by Item 55)
-51A 22C22849-1 .Deleted
-52A 22B22846-0 .Deleted
-55 B17529-105 .Handle Assembly, Pull 1
(Supsds Item 50A)
(Supsd by Item 56)
(Supsds Item 55)
(Supsd by Item 75)
-75 C36128-101 ..Disconnect, Body 1
(Supsds Item 70A)
(Supsd by Item 76)
Page 1037
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
UNITS
PART NUMBER PER
ASSY.
1A
75A 61813-101 ..Disconnect, Body 1
(Supsds Item 75)
(Supsd by Item 85)
(Supsds Item 80A)
90A D19411-117 .Girt Assembly, Detachable 1
(Automatic)
100A D16400-117 .Cable Assembly, Girt Release 1
110A B19408-101 .Mooring Line Assembly 1
R 120A 14C13060-0 ..Release, Manual, 1
Mooring Line
Mooring Line
130B 61694-101 ..Release, Automatic, 1
Mooring Line
(Supsds Item 130A)
R 140A M11029-2 ..Cord, (23 In. long) (584.2 mm) 1
-170A 17C22315-3 .Girt Bar (Supsd by Item 175) 1
175 65C26196-4 .Girt Bar (Supsds Item 170A) 1
180A D29841-107 .Slide Assembly 1
190A 21D22634-12 ..Reservoir Sling Assembly 1
Page 1038
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
UNITS
PART NUMBER PER
ASSY.
1A
R -200A 25C29356-103 ..Deleted
210A 19C22442-26 ..Deleted
220A D17703-503 .Aspirator Assembly 2
240A 25A19275-19 ..Tab and Clasp Assembly 1
250A C19409-111 ..Tape Assembly, Re-Entry 1
-260A B30372-107 ..Rail Positioner (Female) 2
260B B30372-119 ..Rail Positioner (Female) 2
(Supsds Item 260A)
-270A B30371-109 ..Rail Positioner (Male) 2
270B B30371-119 ..Rail Positioner (Male) 2
(Supsds Item 270A)
-280A D29842-103 ..Tube and Floor Assembly 1
(Not Procurable, Order NHA)
(Pre S.B. 103-25-39)
290B 64154-5 ...Valve, Relief 1
(Post S.B. 103-25-39)
295 980000420 ....Gasket (V98021) 1
-300A 15C22155-18 ...Cover, Relief Valve 1
(Supsd by Item 305)
Page 1039
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
UNITS
PART NUMBER PER
ASSY.
1A
305 15C22155-22 ...Cover, Relief Valve 1
(Supsds Item 300A)
(Supsd by Item 315)
-315 MS22054-1 ...Inflate/Deflate Valve 1
(Supsds Item 310A)
315A 62892-1 ...Inflate/Deflate Valve 1
(Supsds Item 315)
-330A 21C22677-103 .Deleted
Page 1040
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
IPL FIGURE 2
DELETED
Page 1041
25-60-34 9 Mar 2005
D29835 22D22900
80A
90
70A
46
50A
20B

IPL FIGURE 3
Page 1042
25-60-34 9 Mar 2005
D29835 22D22900
UNITS
PART NUMBER PER
ASSY.
3
-1A D17750-103 Reservoir and Valve Assembly RF
(See IPL Figure 1 for NHA)
R -10A Δ
R -20A 16D17194-25 .Reservoir, 265 Cu. In. 1
(DOT 3HT-3000)
(Pre S.B. 737 103-25-34)
(Supsd by Item 20B)
R 20B 65334-25 .Reservoir, 265 Cu. In. 1
(DOT 3HT-3300)
(Supsds Item 20A)
(Post S.B. 737 103-25-34)
R -30A Δ
-40A 23B14053-9 .O-Ring (Supsd by Item 45) 1
-45 B14053-9 .O-Ring (Supsds Item 40A) 1
(Supsd by Item 46)
46 B14056-916 .O-Ring (Supsds Item 45) 1
50A D18259-107 .Valve Assembly (510 GPS-4) 1
(See IPL Figure 4 for BKDN)
R -60A Δ
70A C18170-1 .Gage, Pressure 1
80A 22C22850-6 .Cable Assembly, Valve Release 1
90 17B17214-101 .Cover, Gage Protector 1
Δ Intentionally Left Blank
Page 1043
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
10A
20A
30A
40A
130A 150A 50A

140A 80A
100A 60A
40A
160A 350A 70A
100A 90A
220A
170A 210A
380A
270A 100A 100A 200A
340B
310A
330A 320A
390
310A 300A
110C 210A
360A
280A
190A
260A
250A
270A
240A, 240B
230A
VALVE ASSEMBLY
IPL FIGURE 4
Page 1044
25-60-34 9 Mar 2005
D29835 22D22900
UNITS
PART NUMBER PER
ASSY.
4
-1A D18259-107 Valve Assembly, Discharge RF
R -5A Δ
10A 510S0023 .Ring, Retaining (V08996) 1
20A 504S0018 .Bearing, Bushing (V08996) 1
30A 510S0008-8 .Plate, Cover (V08996) 1
40A 510S0025 .Bearing, Pulley (V08996) 2
50A 510S0007 .Pulley (V08996) 1
60A 504S0024 .Spring, Detent (V08996) 1
(LC016B4MW)
70A 504S0010-2 .Pin, Detent, Stop (V08996) 1
80A 510S0016 .Pin, Coupling (V08996) 1
90A 858GPS10-1 .Rupture Disc (V08996) 1
100A 510S0019 .O-Ring (V08996) 4
(B14056-910)
-110A 889CAS10 .Valve, Filler (V08996) 1
-110B 889CAS10-1 .Valve, Filler (V08996) 1
(Supsds Item 110A)
(Supsd by Item 110C)
110C 62179-1 .Valve, Filler 1
(Supsds Item 110B)
Page 1045
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
UNITS
PART NUMBER PER
ASSY.
4
R -120A Δ
130A 510S0015 .Pipe (V08996) 1
140A 510S0012 .Fitting, Bottle (V08996) 1
150A 510S0022 .Spring, Helical (V08996) 1
160A 510S0009 .Ball, Guide (V08996) 1
170A 510S0005-3 .Ball, Flow (V08996) 1
R -180A Δ
190A 510S0039 .Bolt, Outlet (V08996) 1
200A 510S0040 .Swivel, Outlet (V08996) 1
210A GP1AB015 .O-Ring, Outlet Fitting and Outlet 2
Bolt (V08996) (B14056-015)
220A 510S0036 .Outlet Fitting (V08996) 1
230A 510S0044 .Screws, Set (V08996) 3
240A 515S0028 .Shell, Gage Protector (V08996) 1
(Alternate with Item 240B)
240B 60324-1 .Shell, Gage Protector 1
(Alternate to Item 240A)
250A 510S0041 .Ring, Gage Protector (V08996) 1
260A 510S0043 .Screw, Adapter (V08996) 1
270A 504S0017 .O-Ring, Screw, Adapter 1
(V08996) (B14056-907)
280A 510S0042 .Adapter, Gage Swivel (V08996) 1
Page 1046
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
UNITS
PART NUMBER PER
ASSY.
4
R -290A Δ
300A 510S0006 .Shaft (V08996) 1
310A 510S0029 .Shim (V08996) 2
320A 510S0011 .Bearing, Shaft (V08996) 1
330A 866P0009 .O-Ring, Shaft (V08996) 1
(B14056-008)
-340A 510S0021 .Ring, Back-up (V08996) 1
340B 65278-1 .Ring, Back-up 1
(Supsds Item 340A)
350A 510S002-1 .Body, Valve (V08996) 1
360A GP1AB019 .O-Ring, Screw, Adapter 1
(V08996) (B14056-019)
R -370A Δ
380A 510S0018 .Seat, Flow Ball (V08996) 1
390 510S0038 .Adapter (V08996) 1

Page 1047
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
Page 1048
25-60-34 9 Mar 2005
D29835 22D22900
430D
445
470A
455
190A
180A
290A,
415B 290B
30B 445
460A
390A 400A
350A
370A
320A
330A 70A
360A
340A
280A, 280B

IPL FIGURE 5
(SHEET 1 OF 2)
Page 1049
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
100A
80B
110B
120A
265
70A
60A
138
10A
265, 268 90A
130A
140B 170B
165A
20A
140B, 138

IPL FIGURE 5
(SHEET 2 OF 2)
Page 1050
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
UNITS
PART NUMBER PER
ASSY.
5
-1A 22D22900-101 Evacuation Slide System A RF
(Manual)
-1B 22D22900-103 Evacuation Slide System B RF
(Automatic)
-1C 22D22900-141 Evacuation Slide System C RF
(Manual)
-1D 22D22900-143 Evacuation Slide System D RF
(Automatic)
-1E 22D22900-145 Evacuation Slide System E RF
(Automatic)
-1F 22D22900-147 Evacuation Slide System F RF
(Automatic)
10A D29948-101 .Container Assembly A,C 1
(Manual)
20A D29948-103 .Container Assembly B,D,E, 1
(Automatic) F
-30A C17734-101 .Hose Assembly 1
(Supsd by Item 30A)
30B 65396-101 .Hose and Sleeve Assembly 1
(Supsds Item 30A)
-40A B14056-910 ..O-Ring 1
-50A MS28777-10 ..Ring, Back-Up 1
60A C23900-103 ..Cover Assembly 1
Page 1051
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
UNITS
PART NUMBER PER
ASSY.
5
70A D17782-101 .Reservoir and Valve Assembly 1
-80A C18251-101 ..Bracket Assembly, 1
Cable Guide
(Supsd by Item 80B)
80B C18251-103 ..Bracket Assembly, 1
Cable Guide
(Supsds Item 80A)
R 90A 18A19545-0 ..Gage Protector 1
100A C29949-101 ..Pad Assembly, Chafing 1
-110A 26B17522-1 ..Nut, Cable Guide 1
110B 26B17522-3 ..Nut, Cable Guide 1
(Supsds Item 110A)
120A D22900-87 ..Tube, Cable Guide 1
130A 22C22845-101 .Cable Assembly, Release 1
-131A B17529-105 ..Handle Assembly, Pull B,D,E, 1
(Supsds Item 140A) F
(Supsd by Item 135)
-132A 22C22849-1 .Deleted
-133A 22B22846-5 .Deleted
R -135 B17529-109 ..Handle Assembly, Pull B,D,E, 1
(Supsds Item 131A) F
Page 1052
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
UNITS
PART NUMBER PER
ASSY.
5
-136 B17529-103 ..Handle Assembly, Pull A,C 1
(Supsd by Item 137)
-137 B17529-107 ..Handle Assembly, Pull A,C 1
(Supsds Item 136)
(Supsd by Item 138)
138 B17529-111 ..Handle Assembly, Pull A,C 1
(Supsds Item 137)
-140A B17529-1 ..Handle Assembly, Pull B,D,E, 1
(Automatic) F
140B D17992-109 ..Handle Assembly, Pull B,D,E, 1
(Supsds Item 135) F
-141A 22C22849-1 .Deleted
-142A 22B22846-0 .Deleted
(Supsd by Item 165)
(Supsds Item 160A)
(Supsds Item 165)
Page 1053
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
UNITS
PART NUMBER PER
ASSY.
5
(Supsds Item 170A)
180A D19411-103 .Girt Assembly, Detachable A,B,C, 1
D,E,F
R -180B D19411-119 .Deleted
R -180C D19411-123 .Deleted
190A C16400-115 .Cable Assembly, Girt Release A,B,C, 1
D,E,F
R -190B C16400-117 .Deleted
Mooring Line
Mooring Line
Mooring Line
(Supsds Item 220A)
-260A 17C22315-5 .Girt Bar (Long) A,B,C, 1
(Supsd by Item 265) D,F
265 65C26196-3 .Girt Bar Assembly A,B,C, 1
(Supsds Item 260A) D,F
Page 1054
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
UNITS
PART NUMBER PER
ASSY.
5
-267 17C22315-1 .Girt Bar (Long) E 1
(Supsd by Item 268)
R 268 65C26196-1 .Girt Bar Assembly E 1
(Supsds Item 260A)
R -268A 65C26196-3 .Deleted
-270A C19565-101 .Tag, Caution 1
280A D29934-101 .Slide Assembly A,B,C, 1
D,E
280B D29934-103 .Slide Assembly F 1
R -280C D29934-105 .Deleted
R -280D D29934-107 .Deleted
R 290A 21D22634-8 ..Reservoir Sling Assembly A,B,C, 1
D,E
R 290B 21D22634-11 ..Reservoir Sling Assembly F 1
R -300A 25C29356-1 ..Deleted
R -310A 19C22442-24 ..Deleted
340A 25A19275-18 ..Tab and Clasp Assembly 1
350A B30371-103 ..Rail Positioner (Male) 2
360A B30372-103 ..Rail Positioner (Female) 2
370A C19409-105 ..Tape Assembly, Re-Entry 1
Page 1055
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
UNITS
PART NUMBER PER
ASSY.
5
-380A 23D22935-103 ..Tube Assembly, Slide 1
390A 19C18191-8C ...Valve, Relief 1
400A 15C22155-11 ...Cover, Relief Valve 1
-415A MS22054-1 ...Inflate/Deflate Valve 1
(Supsds Item 410A)
415B 62892-1 ...Inflate/Deflate Valve 1
(Supsds Item 415A)
R -420A Δ
-430A C15097-503 .Power Unit F 1
-430B C15097-505 .Power Unit F 1
(Supsds Item 430A)
(Supsd by Item 430C)
-430C C15097-507 .Power Unit F 1
(Supsds Item 430B)
(Supsd by Item 430D)
430D C15097-509 .Power Unit F 1
(Supsds Item 430C)
-440A C15093-20 .Lamp Harness Assembly F 1
(Supsd by Item 445)

Page 1056
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
UNITS
PART NUMBER PER
ASSY.
5
445 62845-20 .Lamp Harness Assembly F 1
(Supsds Item 440A)
-450A B19313-111 .Light Activating Lanyard F 1
Assembly
(Supsd by Item 455)
455 60464-111 .Light Activating Lanyard 1
Assembly
(Supsds Item 450A)
R 460A C19326-101 ..Sleeve Assembly, Light 1
(32 In. long) (812.8 mm)
R 470A C19326-101 ..Sleeve Assembly, Light 2
(196 In. long) (4978.4 mm)
-480A B19402-1 .Deleted
-490A B19667-131 .Deleted
-500A B30299-501 .Deleted
-510 24C29259-2 .Cable and Latch Assembly A,B,F 1
Page 1057
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
170A, 170B
75
160A, 160B 90A
370A 380B
240B
100B
110A
270A 60A
300A
50A
20B
310A 80A
60A
350A, 350B
320A
240B
10A
155
145A
125
125

IPL FIGURE 5A
Page 1058
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
UNITS
PART NUMBER PER
ASSY.
5A
-1A 22D22900-149 Evacuation Slide System A RF
(Automatic)
-1B 22D22900-151 Evacuation Slide System B RF
(Automatic)
10A D29948-103 .Container Assembly 1
(Automatic)
-20A C17734-101 .Hose Assembly 1
(Supsd by Item 20B)
20B 65396-101 .Hose and Sleeve Assembly 1
(Supsds Item 20A)
-30A B14056-910 ..O-Ring 1
-40A MS28777-10 ..Ring, Backup 1
50A C23900-103 ..Cover Assembly 1
Assembly
-70A C18251-101 .Bracket Assembly, 1
Cable Guide
(Supsd by Item 75)
75 C18251-103 .Bracket Assembly, 1
Cable Guide
(Supsds Item 70A)
R 80A 18A19545-0 ..Gage Protector 1
90A C29949-101 ..Pad Assembly, Chafing 1
Page 1059
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
UNITS
PART NUMBER PER
ASSY.
5A
-100A 26B17522-1 ..Nut, Cable Guide 1
100B 26B17522-3 ..Nut, Cable Guide 1
(Supsds Item 100A)
110A 22D22900-87 ..Cable Guide Tube 1
(Automatic)
(Supsd by Item 125)
-121A 22C22849-1 .Deleted
-122A 22B22846-0 .Deleted
(Supsds Item 120A)
(Supsd by Item 145)
(Supsds Item 140A)
(Supsds Item 145)
(Supsd by Item 155)
155 61812-1 ..Disconnect, Sleeve 1
(Supsds Item 150A)
Page 1060
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
UNITS
PART NUMBER PER
ASSY.
5A
160A D19411-119 .Girt Assembly, Detachable A 1
160B D19411-123 .Girt Assembly, Detachable B 1
170A C16400-117 .Cable Assembly, Girt Release A 1
170B C16400-115 .Cable Assembly, Girt Release B 1
Mooring Line
Mooring Line
Mooring Line
(Supsds Item 200A)
-240A 17C22315-1 .Girt Bar 1
240B 65C26196-1 .Girt Bar (V81205) 1
(Supsds Item 240A)
-260A D29934-105 .Slide Assembly A 1
-260B D29934-107 .Slide Assembly B 1
R 270A 21D22634-13 ..Sling Assembly, Reservoir 1
Page 1061
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
UNITS
PART NUMBER PER
ASSY.
5A
R -280A 25C29356-103 ..Deleted
R -290A 19C22442-27 ..Deleted
310A B16045-1 ..Worm Drive Clamp 1
320A 25A19275-20 .Tab and Clasp Assembly 1
-330A B30371-109 .Deleted
-340A B30372-107 .Deleted
350A C19409-109 ..Tape Assembly, Re-Entry A 1
350B C19409-111 ..Tape Assembly, Re-Entry B 1
-360A 23D22935-105 ..Tube Assembly, Slide 1
-380A 15C22155-18 ...Cover, Relief Valve 1
380B 15C22155-22 ...Cover, Relief Valve 1
(Supsds Item 380A)
(Supsd by Item 395)
-395 MS22054-1 ...Inflate/Deflate Valve 1
(Supsds Item 390A)
-395A 62892-1 ...Inflate/Deflate Valve 1
(Supsds Item 395)
Page 1062
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
Page 1063
25-60-34 9 Mar 2005
D29835 22D22900
40A
35
50A
10A
20A

IPL FIGURE 6
Page 1064
25-60-34 9 Mar 2005
D29835 22D22900
UNITS
PART NUMBER PER
ASSY.
6
-1A D17782-101 Reservoir and Valve RF
Assembly
R 10A 16D17194-5 Reservoir, (150 Cu. In.) 1
(DOT 3HT-3000)
20A B14056-916 .O-Ring 1
-30A D29517-521 .Valve Assembly (521 GPS-1) 1
(Supsd by Item 35)
(Pre S. B. 103-25-14)
35 D18294-103 .Valve Assembly 1
(Supsds Item 30A)
(Post S.B. 103-25-14)
40A C18170-1 .Gage, Pressure 1
50A 22C22850-6 .Cable Assembly, Valve Release 1
Page 1065
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
80
50, 60
20
60
145 30 50 COUPLING PIN

INSTALLATION
40 80
150 50
106
160 75 105A
90 110
10A
170
185
130 190
250A
110 260 215

295 200B
270
330 220
310 230
280
300 325 270
200B
240
200B
VALVE ASSEMBLY
IPL FIGURE 7
Page 1066
25-60-34 9 Mar 2005
D29835 22D22900
UNITS
PART NUMBER PER
ASSY.
7
-1A D29517-521 Valve Assembly RF
(Supsd by Item 1, IPL Figure 8)
-10 521S0002 .Body, Valve (V08996) 1
(Supsd by Item 10A)
10A 521S0002-1 .Body, Valve (V08996) 1
(Supsds Item 10)
20 510S0023 .Ring, Retaining (V08996) 1
30 510S0008-8 .Plate, Cover (V08996) 1
40 504S0018 .Bearing, Cover (V08996) 1
50 510S0025 .Bearing, Pulley (V08996) 2
60 520S0013 .Pulley (V08996) 1
-70 504S0024 .Spring, Detent (V08996) 1
(Supsd by Item 75)
75 LC016B4MW .Spring, Detent (V08996) 1
(Supsds Item 70)
80 510S0016 .Pin, Coupling (V08996) 1
90 504S0010-2 .Pin, Detent, Stop (V08996) 1
-100 889CAS10 .Valve, Filler (V08996) 1
(Supsd by Item 105)
-105 889CAS10-1 .Valve, Filler (V08996) 1
(Supsds Item 100)
Page 1067
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
UNITS
PART NUMBER PER
ASSY.
7
105A 62179-1 .Valve, Filler 1
(Supsds Item 105)
106 MS20813-1 ..Cap, High Pressure 1
110 B14056-907 .O-Ring, Rupture Disc and Filler 2
Valve
-120 MS20813-1 .Deleted 1
130 520S0007 .Pipe (V08996) 1
-140 520S0003-1 .Fitting, Bottle (V08996) 1
(Supsd by Item 145)
145 C17796-1 .Fitting, Bottle (V08996) 1
(Supsds Item 140)
150 B14056-914 .O-Ring, Bottle Fitting 1
160 608K0616 .Spring, Ball Guide (V08996) 1
170 515S0005-1 .Guide, Ball (V08996) 1
-180 520S0010-A .Ball, Flow (V08996) 1
(Supsd by Item 185)
185 520S0010 .Ball, Flow (V08996) 1
(Supsds Item 180)
190 520S0017 .Seat, Flow Ball (V08996) 1
R -200 519S0003 .Set Screw, Shell (V08996) 3
-200A 8-32 x 1/4 .Set Screw, Shell 3
(Supsds Item 200)
- Item Not Ilustrated
Page 1068
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
UNITS
PART NUMBER PER
ASSY.
7
200B AN565DC8H4 .Set Screw, Shell 3
(Supsds Item 200A)
-210 515S0028 .Shell, Gage Protector (V08996) 1
(Supsd by Item 215)
R 215 60324-1 .Shell, Gage Protector 1
(Supsds Item 210)
220 520S0004 .Fitting, Gage Protector 1
(V08996)
230 B14056-908 .O-Ring, Gage Protector Fitting 1
240 520S0020 .Shaft (V08996) 1
-250 510S0021 .Ring, Back-Up (V08996) 1
250A 65278-1 .Ring, Back-Up 1
(Supsds Item 250)
260 B14056-008 .O-Ring, Shaft 1
270 520S0021 .Shim (V08996) 2
280 520S0022 .Bearing, Shaft (V08996) 1
R -290 826GPS07 .Rupture Disc (V08996) 1
(Supsd by Item 295)
295 C17936-3 .Burst Disc (V08996) 1
(Supsds Item 290)
300 520S0012 .Plug, Adjusting (V08996) 1
310 888P0802 .Spring, Regulator (V08996) 1
-320 520S0011-H .Piston (V08996) 1
(Supsd by Item 325)
Page 1069
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
UNITS
PART NUMBER PER
ASSY.
7
325 520S0011-1 .Piston (V08996) 1
(Supsds Item 320)
330 B14056-112 .O-Ring, Piston 1
Page 1070
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
Page 1071
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
30
330 105
25 250
90
400
365 210
80 380 220
160 230
320 340A
280, 280A
290
265 375
315
240
240 70
140
200B
205 10 390
130A 270 320
120 50
190A
150
60
40
180
170
190A 110
VALVE ASSEMBLY
IPL FIGURE 8
Page 1072
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
UNITS
PART NUMBER PER
ASSY.
8
1 D18294-103 Valve Assembly RF
(Supsds Item 1A, IPL Figure 7)
10 527S0002-1 .Body (V08996) 1
-20 527S0006 .Plate, Cover (V08996) 1
(Supsd by Item 25)
25 527S0034-1 .Bearing and Cover Plate 1
Assembly (V08996)
(Supsds Item 20)
30 510S0023 .Ring, Retaining (V08996) 1
40 520S0020-1 .Shaft (V08996) 1
50 515S0005-2 .Guide, Ball (V08996) 1
60 520S0022 .Bearing, Thrust (V08996) 1
70 527S0010 .Ball, Flow (V08996) 1
80 510S0016 .Pin, Coupling (V08996) 1
90 525S0006 .Bearing, Bushing (V08996) 1
-100 504S0024 .Spring, Pawl (V08996) 1
(Supsd by Item 105)
105 LC016B4MW .Spring, Pawl (V08996) 1
(Supsds Item 100)
110 710L0407 .O-Ring, Gage Fitting (V08996) 1
(B14056-908)
120 B14056-008 .O-Ring, Shaft 1
Page 1073
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
UNITS
PART NUMBER PER
ASSY.
8
-130 510S0021 .Ring, Back-Up (V08996) 1
130A 65278-1 .Ring, Back-Up 1
(Supsds Item 130)
140 608K0616 .Spring, Ball Guide (V08996) 1
150 520S0021 .Shim (V08996) 2
160 527S0025 .Bearing, Pulley (V08996) 1
R -165 527S0034 .Deleted
170 520S0004 .Fitting, Gage Protector 1
(V08996)
180 515S0028-2 .Shell, Gage Protector (V08996) 1
-190 8-32 x 1/4 .Set Screw, Shell 3
190A AN565DC8H4 .Set Screw, Shell 3
(Supsds Item 190)
R -200 889CAS10 .Valve, Filler (V08996) 1
R -200A 889CAS10-1 .Valve, Filler (V08996) 1
(Supsds Item 200)
R 200B 62779-1 .Valve, Filler 1
(Supsds Item 200B)
205 MS20813-1 ..Cap, High Pressure 1
210 888P0802 .Spring, Regulator (V08996) 1
220 520S0012 .Plug, Adjusting (V08996) 1
Page 1074
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
UNITS
PART NUMBER PER
ASSY.
8
230 B14056-112 .O-Ring, Piston 1
240 B14056-907 .O-Ring, Filler Valve and 2
Rupture Disc
250 527S0015 .Pawl, Latching (V08996) 1
-260 527S0027 .Adapter, Cable (V08996) 1
(Supsd by Item 265)
265 527S0026 .Adapter, Cable (V08996) 1
(Supsds Item 260)
270 525S0031 .Decal (V08996) 1
280 828GPS07B .Thermal Plug (V08996) 1
280A D17490-5 .Thermal Plug 1
(Acceptable Replacement for
Item 280)
290 B14108-601 .O-Ring, Thermal Plug (V08996) 1
R -300 527S0030 .Screw, Socket Head Cap 2
(V08996)
R -310 527S0003-1 .Fitting, Bottle (V08996) 1
(Supsd by Item 315)
315 C17796-1 .Fitting, Cylinder 1
(Supsds Item 310)
320 B14056-914 .O-Ring, Bottle Fitting 1
330 525S0007 .Pin, Stop, Pulley (V08996) 1
340 527S0029 .Bushing, Safety Pin (V08996) 1
Page 1075
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
UNITS
PART NUMBER PER
ASSY.
8
340A 65081-1 .Bushing, Safety Pin 1
(Supsds Item 340)
-350 525S0006 .Deleted
-360 527S0013 .Pulley (V08996) 1
(Supsd by Item 365)
365 527S0037 .Pulley (V08996) 1
(Supsds Item 360)
-370 826GPS07-1 .Rupture Disc (V08996) 1
(Supsd by Item 375)
375 C17936-3 .Rupture Disc (V08996) 1
(Supsds Item 370)
380 520S0011 .Piston (V08996) 1
390 527S0004 .Seat (V08996) 1
400 527S0016 .Pin, Pawl (V08996) 1
Page 1076
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007
D29835 22D22900
FOLDING PROCEDURE APPENDICES
APPENDIX SLIDE ASSEMBLY FOLDING PROCEDURE
Appendix-1 D29835 P-11705

Appendix-2 22D22900 P-11719
APPX-1
25-60-34 22 Nov 2007

Manual de Toboganes de Air Crusier PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Manual de Toboganes de Air Crusier PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Manual de Toboganes de Air Crusier PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

To: Holders of 727/737 Evacuation Slide Systems (P/N D29835 and 22D22900) Com-

ponent Maintenance Manual 25-60-34.

Revision No. 11 Dated: 22 Nov 2007

RECORD OF Added Revision No. 11.

TESTING AND FAULT

TESTING AND FAULT

FITS AND CLEARANCES

ILLUSTRATED PART LIST

ILLUSTRATED PART LIST

ILLUSTRATED PART LIST

Please update your manual in the following sequence:

D29835-103, -105, -107, -109, -201, -203, -205, -207,

22D22900-101, -103, -141, -143, -145, -147, -149,

COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST

ORIGINAL ISSUE: 3 FEB 1977

RETAIN THIS RECORD IN THE FRONT OF THE MANUAL. UPON

REVISION REVISION ENGINEER WRITERS DATE

1 13 Sept 1977 ACC

TEMPORARY REVISION RECORD

DATE INSERTED REMOVED

TR25-1 14 Apr 1978 17 Sept 1979

SERVICE BULLETIN RECORD

SERVICE BULLETIN / DATE

103-25-10/R1 11 Jan 1988 15 Feb 1991 Installation of Slip Binding Replace-

103-25-14 28 Aug 1992 27 Feb 1998 Valve/Assembly Replacement

103-25-34 1 Feb 2002 14 Mar 2003 Replacement of Inflation Cylinder

103-25-39 30 May 2003 9 Mar 2005 Optional Relief Valve Replacement

114-81-1/R1 25 Aug 1981 9 Mar 2005 Pull Handle Assembly Replace-

SERVICE INFORMATION LETTER RECORD

25-82/R5 16 Oct 2001 14 Mar 2003 Recommended Hydrostatic Test

25-98/R4 11 Apr 2007 22 Nov 2007 Maintenance Interval Recommenda-

25-102/R21 1 Apr 2007 22 Nov 2007 Approved Repair/Service Facilities

25-107 11 Feb 1997 14 Mar 2003 Deutsch Connectors not Positively

25-111/R1 1 Jun 1998 9 Mar 2005 Lubrication of Inflation Valve Assem-

25-113/R1 12 Nov 1999 9 Mar 2005 Replacement of Individual Lamp

25-117 15 May 1998 14 Mar 2003 Optional Screw Replacement on

25-143/R1 23 Oct 2002 14 Mar 2003 Reservoir Hydrostatic Test Proce-

25-149/R1 25 Sep 2000 9 Mar 2005 Expansion of Reservoir Testing

25-152 2 Mar 2001 14 Mar 2003 Improved Heat Reflective Coating

25-160/R1 20 Jun 2003 9 Mar 2005 Use of Teflon Tape as a Sealant on

25-167 28 Oct 2002 9 Mar 2005 Superseding Hose Assemblies

25-193/R1 24 Nov 2004 22 Nov 2007 Pentabromodiphenyl and Octabro-

25-199 15 Dec 2004 22 Nov 2007 Hydrostatic Test Machine, TO4853,

25-210 20 Mar 2006 22 Nov 2007 Spare Adhesive Nomenclature and

25-211 20 Mar 2006 22 Nov 2007 Maintenance Release Record Alter-

25-212 7 Jul 2006 22 Nov 2007 O-Ring Installation Tool Kit

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES SECTION PAGE DATE

SECTION PAGE DATE SECTION PAGE DATE

Description 22 9 Mar 2005 Testing 129 9 Mar 2005

SECTION PAGE DATE SECTION PAGE DATE

Cleaning 320 Blank Repair 603 22 Nov 2007

SECTION PAGE DATE SECTION PAGE DATE

Repair 635 22 Nov 2007 Assembly 708 22 Nov 2007

SECTION PAGE DATE SECTION PAGE DATE

Assembly 740 9 Mar 2005 Fits and 805 9 Mar 2005

SECTION PAGE DATE SECTION PAGE DATE

Illustrated 1007 9 Mar 2005 Illustrated 1039 22 Nov 2007

SECTION PAGE DATE

An error (procedural or typographical) has been noted in paragraph _on page_

Recommend paragraph_on page_be changed as follows: